Quarterlytics / Pebble Group

Pebble Group

pebb · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker pebb
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Pebble Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Building brands.
Growing relationships.
Strengthening businesses.

Broadway House 
Trafford Wharf Road 
Trafford Park 
Manchester M17 1DD

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
2

Annual Report 2022

l

T
h
e
P
e
b
b
e
G
r
o
u
p
p
c

l

 
 
 
 
 
Stay up to date at 
thepebblegroup.com

Building brands.
Growing relationships.
Strengthening businesses.

•  Strong performance with 
Group revenue at £134.0m 
(FY 21: £115.1m) 16% ahead 
of the prior year

•  Strong balance sheet with 
net cash ahead of market 
expectations at 31 December 
2022 of £15.1m (FY 21: 
£12.1m)

•  Proposed maiden final 

dividend for FY 22 of 0.6 
pence per Ordinary Share

Financial Highlights

REVENUE

OPERATING PROFIT

£134m 

  +16.4%

22

21

20

£134m 

£115m 

£82m 

BASIC ADJUSTED EARNINGS 
PER SHARE (EPS)* 

5.78p 

  +12.5%

22

21

20

2.96p

5.78p

5.14p

£10.2m

  +3.0%

22

21

20

£5.7m 

£10.2m 

£9.9m 

GROSS PROFIT

£52.7m 

  +25.5%

22

21

20

£52.7m 

£42.0m 

£31.0m 

NET CASH*

ADJUSTED EBITDA*

£15.1m 

  +24.8%

22

21

20

£7.1m 

£15.1m 

£12.1m 

£18.0m 

  +16.9%

22

21

20

£9.8m 

£18.0m 

£15.4m 

* Basic Adjusted Earnings Per Share (EPS), Net Cash and Adjusted EBITDA are each defined in the Chief Financial Officer’s review on page 50.

“ I am pleased to report on another year of 
strong performance and growth for The 
Pebble Group in 2022 with results for the 
year slightly ahead of market expectations.”

Richard Law
Chair

Contents

Strategic report
2   Introduction to the Promotional 

Products industry

4   Our businesses 
12  Chair’s report 
14  Chief Executive Officer’s review 
17  Our strategy in action 
18  Listening to our stakeholders
20  Our stakeholders 
22  Section 172 statement
26  Sustainability
28  2022 highlights 
30  Identifying our key material ESG 

issues

31  ESG report 2022
44  Key Performance Indicators 
47  Chief Financial Officer’s review 
51  Risk Management

Our Values

Corporate governance
56  Chair’s Introduction to Governance 
58  Our Governance Structure 
62  Nomination Committee Report
65  Key Governance Policies
67  Corporate governance statement 
74  Board of Directors 
76  Senior Executives 
77  Audit Committee report 
81  Remuneration report 
90  Directors’ report 
94   Statement of Directors’ 

Financial statements
95   Independent auditors’ report 
100 Consolidated income statement 
101   Consolidated statement of 
Comprehensive Income 
102  Consolidated statement of 

financial position 

103  Consolidated statement of 

changes in equity 

104 Consolidated cash flow statement 
105  Notes to the Group financial 

statements 

responsibilities in respect of the 
financial statements

132 Company balance sheet 
133  Company statement of changes in 

equity 

134  Notes to the Company financial 

statements 

139 Financial calendar and Company 

information

Our values shape our culture, define who we are, what we do and how we act.

ONE TEAM, DIVERSE 
AND UNITED

ENJOYING THE 
JOURNEY

AMBITIOUS  
POSITIVITY

ALWAYS LEARNING  
AND GROWING 

CONNECTED TO OUR 
STAKEHOLDERS

We are one team using 
our diverse skills and 
experience to support 
each other’s successes 
and challenges, 
respecting our 
differences.

Enjoying the journey in a 
culture of integrity, 
transparency and 
fairness, where we are 
proud of our past and 
excited by our future.

Ambitious in our 
commitment to achieving 
positive results with 
sustainable impact.

Learning and growing 
knowing there is always 
progress to be made.

Connected to all our 
stakeholders developing 
long-term relationships 
by engaging to 
understand needs and 
aspirations.

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

1

STRATEGIC REPORT

Introduction to the Promotional Products industry

Why are promotional 
products used?

Businesses of all sizes, sectors 
and geographies use products, 
branded with their name or key 
message, in order to build 
culture, brand awareness and 
meaningful connections with 
their stakeholders, be it existing 
or potential customers, 
employees or suppliers.
The right strategy can help businesses 
make a long lasting positive emotional 
connection with the recipient, 
reminding them of an interaction with 
a brand each time they use or wear 
a product.

Industry growth and 
development.

$25.8bn

$16.9bn

4
0
0
2

5
0
0
2

6
0
0
2

7
0
0
2

8
0
0
2

9
0
0
2

0
1
0
2

1
1
0
2

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

Advertising Specialty Institute (ASI) reported industry sales revenue (North America).

Advertising Specialty Institute (ASI) reported industry sales revenue (North America).

2

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

The global promotional 
products market is worth 
c.$50bn., 50% of which is based 
in North America.
Promotional products are often a key 
component in a business’ marketing 
strategy with the cost per impression 
or the return on investment being highly 
attractive. Businesses are increasingly 
choosing to work with distributors who 
can develop product strategies that 
connect with their target audience 
both locally and across the world. 

Businesses have become more 
considered in their approach, investing 
in products to engage with employees 
and customers that align with brand 
values, are made from more sustainable 
materials and are useful, helping to 
generate as many brand impressions 
as possible. 

 
 
Developing an effective strategy

Benefits

t u r e d

c

u f a

nsibly m a n

o
p
s
e
R

• Aligned with social  

and ethical standards

• Environmental 

impact minimised
• Quality assured and 

compliant

Gre

a
t p

r

o

d

u

• Desirable, useful, long 

c

t

lasting, creative

• Engaging the target 

audience

• Sustainable materials 

prioritised

• Linked to brand 

strategy and values

• Recognisable to 
target audience
• Aligned globally

s
e

alu

d   w ith brand v

e

n

i g

A l

• Products suitably 

packaged

• Using materials to 
support a circular 
economy

C

o

n

s

i

d

e

r

e

d 

m

aterials

Market Opportunity

GLOBAL INDUSTRY

c.$50bn

VISIBILITY OF SALES OF 
PROMOTIONAL PRODUCTS

$1.5bn

SALES THROUGH OUR 
TECHNOLOGY

$1.4bn 

SALES OF PROMOTIONAL 
PRODUCTS

$0.1bn 

Brand 
loyalty

Stakeholder 
engagement

Driving  
brand sales

Creating 
memorable 
brand 
connections

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

3

STRATEGIC REPORT

Our businesses

Our Group comprises two differentiated 
businesses in the $50bn promotional 
products market.

Our vision

Our vision is to provide 
industry leading digital 
commerce, products and 
related services to the 
global promotional products 
industry.

Why invest?

A large market
We occupy two differentiated, 
focused positions with 
significant addressable 
markets in a c.$50bn global 
industry.

Facilisgroup  
Total Addressable 
Market (TAM) 
$650m with  

3%  

Market share

Brand Addition.  
TAM $5bn with  

3%  

Market share

Facilisgroup
Our vision is to be the industry leader in 
digital commerce providing a combination of 
integrated products that offer the full suite 
of technology required for entrepreneurial 
promotional product distributors to 
professionalise and grow.

Brand Addition
Our vision is to be the industry leader in 
providing products and related services, 
under contract, to the best-known brands in 
the world that use promotional products as 
a key engagement tool.

Lower risk 
Facilisgroup has delivered 
uninterrupted growth since 
acquisition in 2018.
Brand Addition working 
under contract with blue 
chip clients, generating 
repeat revenues on a flexible 
operating model. 

Track record of growth 
Facilisgroup had a 4-year 
revenue CAGR of 20% high 
visibility of earnings and 
strong cash conversion.
Brand Addition – has 
repeat revenues, enduring 
customer relationships. 

Facilisgroup  
EBITDA margins 

Facilisgroup  
SAAS revenues 

+50%. 

54% Adjusted EBITDA margin  
in FY 22

20%.  

4-year CAGR in FY 22

Capability and scale
Strong Balance Sheet to 
fund ambitious organic 
growth plan. 

The Group’s cash generation 
is funding significant 
investment in Facilisgroup’s 
market leading technology 
to access full market 
opportunity. 
Brand Addition centres of 
excellence in Europe, the US 
and Asia support many of 
the world’s best known 
brands in engaging their 
stakeholders. 

4

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

 
We provide digital commerce, products and 
related services to the global promotional 
products industry.

Results

ADJUSTED EBITDA

£9.0 M

ADJUSTED EBITDA

£11.5 M

GROUP REVENUE

GROUP ADJUSTED 
EBITDA*

GROUP REVENUE

GROUP ADJUSTED 
EBITDA”*

12+

12 %

N44+
88+

88 %

44 %

56+

56 %

*this is excluding EBITDA from  
central operations

*this is excluding EBITDA from  
central operations

Overview

Facilisgroup provides technology 
solutions and a digital commerce 
platform to SME promotional product 
distributors in the United States and 
Canada, that enables them to benefit 
from significant business efficiencies 
and supply chain advantages.

Services

Software as a Service (SaaS) 
technology to power efficiency 
and growth 

Brand Addition is a leading provider of 
promotional products and related 
services that help the world’s most 
recognisable global brands build 
culture, awareness and meaningful 
connections. It designs products and 
product ranges, utilising its global 
network and technology infrastructure 
to source and deliver complex, 
sustainable, creative promotional 
merchandise solutions.

Design corporate ranges and bespoke 
products

Source from ethical suppliers 

Model

Ecommerce platform for online sales 
and processing 

Deliver across the globe

Supply chain consolidation for supply 
chain advantage 

Community events and training

Subscriptions for technology and 
online stores

Fees for supply chain management 
resulting in recurring annual revenues

Margin on products and services

Read more on page 9.

Read more on page 10.

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

5

88
+
N
12
+
56
+
N
44
+
N
STRATEGIC REPORT

Our businesses

Our global footprint.

EMPLOYEES

568

SITES

10

(Employees number refers to FTEs as at 31 Dec 2022)

6

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

Key markets

EUROPE

UNITED STATES

GROUP REVENUES 
BY DESTINATION

16 %40+

35 % 32 %
17 %

UNITED KINGDOM

REST OF WORLD

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

7

24
+
19
+
17
+
N
Our businesses

Target market: 
SME promotional product distributors 
in North America

Revenue model: 
Subscriptions for technology and 
online stores, fees for supply chain 
management

Manages: 
Over $1.40bn sales (up from $1.15bn in 
2021) in the North American promotional 
products sector from 217 Partners (up 
from 200 in 2021)

Attracts and retains: 
“Facilisgroup Partners” through a 
combination of highly regarded 
technology, consolidation of buying 
power and community learning and 
networking events

Revenue 2022:

£16.6m

Employees:

101

Facilisgroup provides a digital commerce platform to mid-
size promotional products businesses in North America, 
which enables those businesses to benefit from significant 
business efficiency through its technology and to gain 
meaningful supply chain advantage from the ability to 
purchase from quality suppliers under preferred terms. 
Our recurring revenues, 93% of FY 22 total revenues (FY 21: 96%), are 
derived from subscriptions for technology and a proportion of spend 
with our Preferred Suppliers flowing through the platform. 

Established in 2004, and acquired by The Pebble Group plc in 
December 2018, Facilisgroup provides a SaaS-based platform to 
support the operations of SME promotional product distributors based 
in the United States and Canada. Facilisgroup has built a community of 
over 200 SME promotional product distributors, over 100 Preferred 
Suppliers in North America. In the year ended 31 December 2022 the 
business processed over $1.40bn of sales (2021: $1.15bn) for its Partners 
in the promotional products sector. A typical Facilisgroup Partner 
processes between $2million and $20million of annual sales through our 
technology. 

Facilisgroup attracts and retains Partners through its proprietary 
Syncore software, consolidating the buying power of its Partners and 
developing its community of Partners and Preferred Suppliers through 
learning and networking events. Its ecommerce platform, Commercio, 
which was launched in 2021, generates revenue through two main 
pillars: subscription revenue from providing technology to its Partners 
and income from its suppliers for coordinating the consolidation of 
spend. In FY 22, the majority of revenues were generated through 
Syncore with Commercio expected to contribute to revenue in FY 23.

Facilisgroup has offices in St. Louis, US and Ottawa, Canada. Its 
aspiration is to be the technology leader in the North American 
promotional products market.

Learn more at facilisgroup.com

8

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTFacilisgroup’s business model
High visibility of recurring revenues with a growing customer base

Order Workflow

Ecommerce Stores

Suppliers

North America

~100 Preferred 
Suppliers

Purchases

~$$11..00bn

SME 
distributors

GMV
~$$11..44bn

217
Partners

Syncore activity

Brand, End 
customer

~$25bn market in 
North America

~1,000,000 
orders

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

9

Our businesses

Brand Addition’s business model 
Win, grow, retain, repeat

Suppliers
Europe, Asia, North America

Brand Addition
£117m revenues

Creative Services

Ecommerce Platforms

Sourcing & Quality Control

International Logistics. 

Working 
Capital

Global Account Management

Working 
Capital

Supply Chain Compliance

Brand, End customer
Large corporates, under 
contract, seeking >£’m p.a. 
revenues per contract

Corporate Programmes, 
brand support
(~66% FY 22 revenues)

Consumer Promotions, 
driving sales
(~34% FY 22 revenues)

10

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTBrand Addition provides promotional products and related 
services that help the world’s most recognisable brands build 
culture, awareness and meaningful connections. We extend 
our client’s values in thoughtful, sustainable, conscious ways 
to create branded moments that people love. 
Its largest contracts are valued in the millions of pounds, with the 
products and services supplied being used for brand building, customer 
engagement and employee incentives. 

Working in close collaboration with its clients, Brand Addition designs 
creative and sustainable products and product ranges, hosts client-
branded ecommerce platforms, and provides international sourcing and 
distribution solutions throughout Europe, North America and Asia. It 
utilises its global network to ethically source and deliver complex and 
creative product solutions. 

Headquartered in Manchester, it has locations in Europe, the US and Asia. 
Revenues are generated by selling product through: Corporate 
Programmes that support clients’ general marketing activities through 
B2B and B2C stakeholder engagement and Consumer Promotions that 
support clients in driving their own sales volumes across all retail channels. 

Learn more at brandaddition.com

Target market: 
Large global brands

Revenue model: 
Margin on products and services

Supporting clients: 
Globally and locally with offices in 
Europe, the US and Asia

Excellent track record: 
of attracting and retaining many of the 
world’s leading brands through 
intelligent imagination, ethical and 
bespoke sourcing, international 
distribution and logistics and 
technology solutions

Revenue 2022:

£117m

Employees:

455

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

11

Chair’s report

Another year of strong performance 
and growth.

We continued to invest significantly in new product 
development, during the year, particularly at Facilisgroup in its 
technology and sales and marketing. As a result, the Group 
ended 2022 with significantly greater capability, resilience and 
opportunity to scale. The Group Board would like to thank our 
talented team, once again, for their hard work and commitment. 

Strategy and Long-term Vision
The Pebble Group’s central tenet continues to be that the 
global promotional products industry is ripe for positive 
disruption, driven by three principal factors:
• the requirement from users of promotional products and, 
in particular, from leading global brands for confidence in 
the sustainability, provenance and innovative design of 
those products; 

• the opportunity to deploy leading edge technology to 

what is a mature market to make it operate more 
sustainably and efficiently; and

• the global market is very fragmented, the majority of 
which is served by owner managed SMEs with a high 
concentration in North America. As technology 
proliferates, SME distributors will be disadvantaged 
without the availability of a Digital Commerce platform like 
that offered by Facilisgroup which supports their 
efficiency and growth.

The Group is approaching this market through its two 
complementary but non-competing businesses, Facilisgroup 
and Brand Addition.

Facilisgroup
Facilisgroup is a Software as a Service (SaaS) business providing 
leading digital commerce technology to SME businesses in North 
America, which enables them to automate processes and 
workflow and provides ecommerce stores to their own customers, 
bringing material efficiency to their businesses.

The growth and profitability of Facilisgroup illustrates the 
efficacy of its technology with Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR) 
in the year of £15.5m (2021: £12.2m) and EBITDA margins of 54%. 

Facilisgroup continued to develop and introduce new 
functionality to its market leading Syncore platform, as well as 
build API integrations for third party software. Syncore is 
principally focused on those independent promotional products 
businesses with sales greater than USD2.0m. 

In June 2022, Facilisgroup launched its new Commercio stores 
solution to pre-selected customers for evaluation. Commercio 
enables businesses to create their own digital storefronts and is 
complementary with Syncore. The evaluation phase for 
Commercio completed in December 2022 and customers are 
now paying for this product. 

Development also continued on Facilisgroup’s Orders platform, 
which is a digital commerce solution for smaller promotional 

Richard Law
Chair and Independent Non-executive Director

I am pleased to report on another year 
of strong performance and growth for 
The Pebble Group in 2022 with results 
for the year slightly ahead of 
market expectations. 

12

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTproducts distributors in North America with sales between 
USD0.5m to USD2.0m. 

The significance of these investments to Facilisgroup and its 
future potential is detailed in the CEO’s Report. In summary, 
however, Facilisgroup has taken a significant step forward to 
achieving its goal of providing a full service, cloud-based digital 
commerce platform for promotional products distributors of all 
sizes operating in North America. 

Facilisgroup grew its total revenue in FY 22 to £16.6m (FY 21: 
£12.7m) and the strategy of the executive team is to continue 
this positive trajectory through ongoing investment in 
technology, sales and marketing, and the wider team. 

Brand Addition
Revenue at Brand Addition increased by 15% on the prior year. 
The business remains focused on its core strategy to win, 
grow, and retain international contracts, often valued in 
millions of pounds per year, with many of the world’s leading 
brands. During the year under review, Brand Addition 
increased its revenues through expanding and renewing its 
business with existing key clients, implementing new contracts 
won in 2021 and 2022, as well as winning a number of new 
contracts in the year, which will benefit 2023. 

The business has a differentiated and, we believe, market 
leading position. As a strategic level partner with long-term 
contracts with global brands, it can meet both its own and its 
clients’ increasing sustainability and ESG targets. It is also able to 
deploy differentiated services including technology, product 
design innovation, inventory control and logistics to maximise 
the effectiveness of its clients’ promotional products strategies. 

Dividend
The Pebble Group has now reached an appropriate point to 
begin the implementation of its dividend policy, as stated at 
IPO. As such, the Group Board is proposing a final dividend of 
0.6 pence per share for FY 22, payable in June 2023. As we 
look forward, our intention is for this to be a progressive 
dividend policy moving, in the medium-term, towards our 
stated position at IPO of making dividend payments of circa. 
30% of profit after tax.

New trading platform
The Company is in the process of applying for its existing Ordinary 
Share capital to be traded in the United States on the OTC 
Market’s OTCQX trading platform. This will provide all stakeholders 
in the United States with access to trade in the Company’s 
Ordinary Shares, in USD, during U.S. market hours. The Company 
is not seeking a fundraising in conjunction with this process. 

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) 
The Group’s ESG cornerstones and priority areas, as identified 
through its materiality assessment, remain high on the Group 
Board’s agenda. We published our second ESG report in 
October 2022 to provide a comprehensive review of our 
progress, which, we believe, shows the relevant and 
meaningful action we are taking in areas in which we can have 
the most impact. In the ESG section of our 2022 Report and 
Accounts, we update on the environmental work which is 
underway to reduce our Scope 1 and Scope 2 carbon 
emissions, with Scope 3 in planning stages; and provide 
information on the steps we are taking around Diversity, Equity 
and Inclusion (DEI), volunteering and community work. 
Governance highlights in 2022, of which we are proud, include 
the adoption of our Framework on Conduct, Ethics and 
Compliance and the integration of TCFD recommendations 
into our ESG strategy. We believe this demonstrates how the 
Group Board is taking active responsibility through effective 
governance. 

We are confident in the value of our ESG approach and will 
look to develop it further to ensure alignment with best 
practice and expectations, as ascertained through active 
engagement with our stakeholders. 

Team
At The Pebble Group, the Group Board and the Executive 
Team believe that the businesses accomplishments are 
achieved because of its talented and diverse team. We 
actively and effectively engage with our people on an ongoing 
basis, through newsletters, surveys, and employee forums. We 
also furthered several initiatives to ensure continued 
investment in, and development of, our people and to 
encourage diversity and engagement. 

The Group is led by a Board with a wide diversity of 
experience, supported by highly engaged and motivated 
teams across the business. It is this combination of leadership 
and team that we believe will enable us to continue to grow 
the business successfully and profitably.

Summary and outlook
The new financial year has started well and in line with the 
Group’s expectations. Our significant investments in 2022 
provide the opportunity for further growth during 2023 and 
we look forward to the year ahead with confidence. 

Richard Law
Chair
21 March 2023

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2021

13

Chief Executive Officer’s review

Implementing our strategy for 
growth.

People and Environmental, Social and Governance
Fostering trust and long-term relationships with our Partners, 
clients and suppliers is the foundation of the success of our 
businesses, Facilisgroup and Brand Addition. This stems from 
the talent and dedication of our people, many of whom have 
built and developed their careers in step with the progress of 
the Group. We are a diverse team, spread across multiple 
geographies and are stronger for this. 

Credit for the results and progress in implementing our 
strategy lies with our people and I thank everyone at 
Facilisgroup, Brand Addition, and The Pebble Group for 
their support, thoughtfulness, and ability to achieve these 
positive outcomes.

Our ESG strategy is an embedded part of our business and 
we have made good progress against a wide number of 
topics during 2022.

Guided by best practice materials including the QCA Code 
as well as feedback from our teams, clients, and investors it 
has been important for the Group to develop our ESG 
initiatives in our own tone of voice. We identified our 
priorities in 2021 and published progress against these 
through our second standalone ESG report in October 2022 
and further details will be included throughout our 2022 
Annual Report.

We were delighted to receive the AIM Corporate 
Governance Award 2022, which recognises the efforts 
made by our businesses and demonstrate effective 
corporate governance, ensuring engagement with all 
stakeholders, the maintenance of key governance topics and 
effective integration of ESG responsibilities.

Our actions around ESG have a positive contribution to our 
Group’s long-term success.

Review of The Pebble Group businesses
Facilisgroup: Providing a digital commerce platform for 
promotional products businesses in North America

ARR

Other revenue

Total revenue

Gross profit

Gross profit margin

Adjusted EBITDA

Operating profit

FY 22

FY 21

£15.5m

£1.1m

£16.6m

£16.6m

100%

£9.0m

£5.0m

£12.2m

£0.5m

£12.7m

£12.7m

100%

£7.6m

£5.1m

Christopher (Chris) Lee
Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

We are pleased to report the Group’s results for 
the year ended 31 December 2022, which 
demonstrate a strong performance.

Group revenue increased by 16% on the prior year 
to £134.0m (FY 21: £115.1m) and Adjusted EBITDA 
increased by 17% to £18.0m (FY 21: £15.4m).

Alongside this financial progress, the Group has 
continued to implement its strategy for growth 
and gain momentum throughout what has been 
a volatile macro-economic backdrop since its 
IPO in December 2019.

14

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTOur Values in action: 
Enjoying the 
journey

FY 22 revenue of £16.6m (FY 21: £12.7m) was 31% ahead of 
the prior year with Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR) in USD 
(Facilisgroup home currency) of USD19.0m (FY 21: USD16.7m), 
representing 14% growth over the prior year. This revenue all 
derived from our Syncore technology product and the 
activities behind this for FY 22 can be summarised as follows:
• Partners totalled 217 (31 December 2021: 200) with a 

further eight contracted and awaiting implementation;

• GMV was USD1.40bn (FY 21: USD1.15bn); and
• Spend with our Preferred Suppliers was USD0.46bn (FY 21: 

USD0.35bn).

These key indicators heavily influence income from Syncore 
and result in a very robust and predictable recurring revenue 
stream.

We have continued to deliver strong revenue to profit 
conversion with Adjusted EBITDA margins in FY 22 of 54% (FY 
21: 60%), while investing in our team, including sales and 
marketing to support Partner retention and bringing our new 
technology to market. 

Operating profit was £5.0m (FY 21: £5.1m), as we have 
invested in our ambition to scale the business. During the 
year, we invested further in new technology products, 
Commercio Stores and Orders, with a FY 22 amortisation 
charge of £1.1m (FY 21: £0.4m). Revenue relating to this 
investment is expected from FY 23. 

Facilisgroup has a highly attractive business model, 
consistently producing strong SaaS metrics. To illustrate, at 
the end of FY 22:
• 20%, four-year Revenue Compound Annual Growth Rate;
• 54%, Adjusted EBITDA margin;
• 30%, Operating profit margin;
• 110%, Net Retention Rate on Syncore technology 

subscription to Partners;

• 96%, Partner Retention Rate; and
• 130 customers for the new technology product 

Commercio.

Approach to the market
Facilisgroup provides a combination of technology, supply 
chain services and community training and events into the 
USD25bn North American promotional products industry.

Our strategy is to scale the revenues of the business, through 
three technology products that support the entire distributor 
market:
• Syncore: Increasing the number of Partners using our 
established order workflow product focused on high 
quality, growing SME distributors in North America with 
sales of greater than USD2m. We estimate there is a total 

addressable market of circa 1,600 businesses for our 
Syncore product;

• Commercio: Built specifically to support the needs of the 

promotional products industry, Commercio allows 
distributors of all sizes to create online stores for their 
customers that can either stand alone or integrate into our 
order workflow technology. Commercio was launched in 
June 2022 and customer uptake is growing. At 
31 December 2022, there was a total of 130 Commercio 
customers made up from existing Syncore Partners and 
new customers, purchasing a Facilisgroup product for the 
first time. Our revenue model is to charge a small monthly 
fee per customer together with a monthly fee per store 
hosted. We continue to develop the functionality for 
Commercio and, each month, learn more about the track 
record of customer conversion, retention and store 
numbers. This is key to understanding how this will 
influence revenues through 2023. We estimate there is a 
total addressable market of circa 20,000 businesses for 
our Commercio product; and

• Orders platform: our order workflow product for the many 
thousands of smaller distributors with less than USD2m 
sales is in development. Our expectation is to launch this 
product in late 2023.

The team at Facilisgroup has undergone much change in the 
last three years whilst growing Syncore and bringing 
Commercio and Orders to the market. As we enter the sales 
phase of this investment, we are excited about the potential 
of the business.

Our goals in 2023 are to:
• continue to develop Syncore to maintain high Partner 
retention levels and accelerate Partner attraction;

• make progress in establishing Commercio as a marketing 

leading product in ecommerce for the promotional 
products industry in North America; and

• launch our order workflow product Orders for distributors 

with sales of less than USD2m.

Brand Addition: providing promotional products and 
related services under contract to many of the world’s most 
recognisable brands

Revenue

Gross profit

Gross profit margin

Adjusted EBITDA

Operating profit

FY 22

FY 21

£117.4m

£102.4m

£36.1m

30.7%

£11.5m

£8.0m

£29.3m

28.6%

£9.9m

£7.1m

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

15

Chief Executive Officer’s review

FY 22 revenue of £117.4m (FY 21: £102.4m) was 15% ahead of 
the prior year and 20% ahead FY 19, the last pre-Covid-19 
results, of £97.9m. 

Through its disciplined approach to only focus upon large 
corporates, under contract, Brand Addition has built close, 
long-term client and supplier relationships. Brand Addition 
works collaboratively with its clients to design creative and 
impactful products and product ranges, hosts client-
branded ecommerce platforms, and provide international 
sourcing and distribution solutions.

The revenue increase in the year has resulted from 
continuing high client retention, a full year contribution from 
new clients won in 2021, new clients won in 2022 and 
further recovery from those clients that had not yet 
returned to pre-COVID-19 levels. In parallel to this revenue 
increase, the business grew its gross margins to 30.7% (FY 
21: 28.6%) demonstrating its ability to retain gross margins 
at its long-term average of circa 30%.

This led to Adjusted EBITDA of £11.5m (FY 21: £9.9m) being 
16% ahead of prior year.

The depth of experience of the team has proven invaluable 
over the last three years. The business has successfully 
grown despite the demand challenges of 2020 and global 
supply chain disruption in 2021 and 2022, including raw 
material price increases, freight rate increases, Brexit and 
inflation. We believe this performance demonstrates the 
inherent strength of its approach to the market, its 
established relationships and expertise, and the business’s 
ability to continue to advance.

Approach to the market
There is a large addressable market for the specialist 
services offered by Brand Addition. Large corporates, use 
promotional products to engage with their employees, 
customers, and wider stakeholders. This includes Consumer 
Promotions to support businesses in driving their own sales 
volumes and Corporate Programmes to support businesses 
employee engagement and brand building activities.

Large corporates outsource these categories of marketing 
spend, under contract, because they wish to have control 
over:
• thoughtful and creative bespoke products to carry their 

brand and engage their stakeholders;

• product quality and supply chain assurances to protect 

their brand integrity; and

• a consistent international strategy.

16

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

Brand Addition is an established business with a reputation 
for delivering these large and complex services under 
long-term agreements. With strong client retention rates, it 
has a proven its ability to grow consistently over the course 
of economic cycles. The business has a four-year revenue 
CAGR of 6%, despite the major disruption caused by the 
COVID-19 pandemic, and its gross margins remain strong. 

Brand Addition has a target list of c.800 global 
opportunities within this addressable market with currently 
70 clients comprising 95% of FY 22 revenue of £117.4m.

Our goals in 2023 are to:
• retain major client contracts together with the successful 

implementation of contracts won in 2022;

• attract new contracts with major international brands 

through our credentials in ESG, technology and creativity; 
and

• maintain our gross margins at the long-term target of 30% 

(FY 22: 30.7%).

Outlook
In Facilisgroup and Brand Addition we have two 
differentiated and focused businesses with large 
addressable markets. We remain disciplined in our growth 
strategies and positive in the belief of achieving our 
aspirational goals.

Christopher Lee
CEO 
21 March 2023

STRATEGIC REPORTOur strategy in action 

Making progress 
against our goals.

Our Values in action: 
Ambitious 
positivity

Transforming the promotional products industry through the provision of digital commerce.

Stores

Orders

Strategic 
Objective

Order workflow, targeted at 
promotional product distributors with 
> $2m sales in North America.

Ecommerce platform for use by all 
promotional product distributors in 
North America.

Order workflow, targeted at promotional 
product distributors with < $2m sales in 
North America.

Growing annual recurring revenues 
(ARR) through the growth of Partner 
(customer) sales and the acceleration 
of Partner numbers.

Provide online stores solution for the 
North American promotional products 
industry.

Launch an order workflow product to 
smooth order friction between suppliers 
and. the many thousands of smaller 
promotional product distributors in 
North America.

Progress  
in Year

We continued to maintain our excellent 
retention levels which, combined with 
new customer acquisition, delivered 
further growth in Partner numbers 
(increasing from 200 to 217 in the year).

Uptake is growing with 130 customers 
at 31 December 2022. 

Investment continued to progress 
towards intended launch date in H2 23.

217 Partners

  +9% 

130 customers

Goals for 
2023

Maintain focus on our new Partner 
acquisition and accelerate rate of 
growth.

Make progress in establishing 
Commercio as a market leading 
ecommerce solution in North America.

Launch to market in H2 23.

Providing products to support global brands, build culture, awareness and meaningful connections 
with their stakeholders.

Strategic 
Objective

WIN client contracts with major 
brands.

GROW with existing clients across 
geographies and brands.

RETAIN major client contracts.

Progress  
in Year

The business continued its success in 
the acquisition of global contracts.

We experienced growth in the year 
from existing clients as working 
patterns stabilise in 2022 compared to 
2020 and 2021.

Our top 20 clients, historically 
representing circa 70% of annual 
revenues, remained clients at the end 
of FY 22.

For further detail on the impact on revenue from new client wins, growth in revenue of existing clients, and the impact 
on the business of revenue by client category, refer to the Key Performance Indicators on page 46.

Goals for 
2023

Attract new contracts with major 
international brands through our 
credentials in ESG, technology and 
creativity.

Develop our relationships with existing 
clients, maximise their sales with 
Brand Addition and successfully build 
on implementations from 2022.

Retain our major client contracts by 
continuing to engage their 
stakeholders and evolve the service we 
provide them.

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

17

Listening to  
our stakeholders.

Stakeholder engagement
Investing in, and developing, our stakeholder 
relationships are central to our values. We believe 
building, and maintaining, effective stakeholder 
engagement makes people want to work with, 
purchase from, sell to, and invest in us.   

Our Values in action: 
One team,  
diverse and united

This approach is cascaded down through our businesses in 
pursuit of the success of the Group. Our stakeholders are key 
to our decision-making and are considered by the Board of 
Directors of the Group (the “Group Board”) and also by our 
senior team as part of the decision-making process.

Our Key Stakeholders 
The Group Board has identified the four key stakeholder groups set out below, the issues that are most relevant to each of 
them and details how it has, and continues to, engage with, or ensure engagement with, each of them.

Our teams
Why we engage

The sustainable success of 
our business depends upon 
engagement with our teams. 
The Group Board maintains 
and develops arrangements 
for engagement to promote 
the Group’s culture and 
cascade its values, 
behaviours and 
expectations. 
The Group Board engages in 
this way to create a positive 
and inclusive culture, 
sensitive to the issues that 
affect our people, so they 
can thrive and grow.
The Group Board engages 
through its Executive 
Directors and senior teams 
to ensure that the Group 
continues to develop and 
invest in its highly talented 
and dedicated people in the 
right way.

How we engage 

Key topics of engagement

Impact of engagement

• See Group Board 

‘engagement with the 
business and teams’ on 
page 58. 

• Group Board maintains 

arrangements via Divisional 
Leads and/or HR leads for:
 – team surveys
 – employee forums
 – use of personal 

development plans
 – enhanced training 
opportunities via 
Learning Management 
Software (LMS)

 – management 
development 
programmes

 –  regular team newsletters

• Executive Directors have 
input into regular team 
business performance and 
strategy updates by the 
senior leadership

• Group Board ensures 
access to anonymous 
whistleblowing portal

• Group Board operates the 
Long Term Incentive Plan 
(LTIP) and Group Sharesave 
Plan (SAYE)

• Executive Directors host 
meetings with teams 
across the Group to 
update on LTIP progress 

• Company vision: strategic 

• Teams are informed and 

plans including 
opportunities for 
departmental growth and 
advancement

• Hybrid working strategy: 

need for a flexible working 
environment 

• Health and well-being 

support for our employees
• Opportunities for growth 
and development and 
support in reaching full 
personal potential

• Embracing diversity, equity 

and inclusion (DEI)

• Environmental impact of 

our organisation: our work 
on ESG and commitments 
to sustainability

• Social impact of our 
organisation: our 
volunteering opportunities 
and community initiatives
• Ability of US based team to 

invest in the Company

therefore engaged 

• Improved transparency of team 
preferences at all levels across 
Facilisgroup to better inform 
decision-making on team 
structure and recruitment
• Further focus on Group DEI 
policy and approach (See 
Nomination Committee activity 
on pages 63-64)

• Further focus on talent pipeline 
and development of succession 
planning aligned with DEI (See 
Nomination Committee activity 
on pages 63-64)

• More flexible culture and 

improvement of work / life 
balance

• Promotion of leaders from 

within our businesses, alongside 
new talent sourced externally

• Implementation of ESG 

initiatives and successful social 
and community engagement 
(See ESG pages 31-41)

• Incentivisation of teams is 
aligned with the Group’s 
medium to long-term 
performance and shareholder 
value

• Steps taken to apply for the 

Company’s  Ordinary Shares to 
be traded in the US on the OTC 
Market’s OTCQX trading 
platform

18

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
Clients and Partners
Why we engage

How we engage 

Key topics of engagement

Impact of engagement

Effective engagement 
is key to attracting, and 
retaining, a quality 
client and Partner base 
from which our 
businesses can nurture 
strong and long-term 
relationships.  
Our clients’ and 
Partners’ success is 
driven by the quality of 
our products and 
services. The Group 
Board ensures 
continued investment 
in the right technology, 
services and teams to 
enhance the Group’s 
relationships and 
create long-term value 
on both sides.

• See Group Board ‘engagement 
with the business and teams’ 
on page 58.

• Supply chain management 
principles and sourcing 
strategies 

• Ongoing development and 

improvement of our 
technology, services and 
client support

• Collaboration on growth 

strategies

• Training to enhance the 
benefits of using our 
technology with a focus 
on ensuring engagement

• Creative Product 

Merchandising and 
sustainability

• ESG and sustainability: 

how we can support and 
deliver on clients’ and 
Partners’ ESG 
commitments, whilst also 
achieving our own

• Group Board maintains 

arrangements that foster 
business relationships with 
clients and Partners via its 
Divisional Leads in the form of: 
 – regular client feedback 

sessions

 – dedicated ‘Partner Success 
Managers’ in Facilisgroup
 – hosting of regular in-person 
events (7-10 Partners) at 
Facilisgroup

 – Facilisgroup weekly client 

newsletter the ‘411’

 – monthly virtual education 
sessions on key topics for 
Facilisgroup Partners

 – Quarterly Business Reviews 
with key clients at Brand 
Addition

 – Brand Addition team 

presentation to clients on 
key topics

 – Client and Partner 

questionnaires including Net 
Promoter Scores (NPS) to 
measure client satisfaction

• Tracking the NPS provides an 

indication of the value clients place 
on us and assists with maintaining 
strong retention. We have 
introduced as a new key 
performance measure for 
Facilisgroup and will continue to 
monitor progress

• Client retention: Clients and 

Partners have shown they value 
long-term relationships. In 2022, 
Brand Addition secured new 
business and retained contracts 
with all key clients and Facilisgroup 
Partner retention rates were 96%

• Strong referral community: new 

prospects for Facilisgroup contact 
an average of five current Partners 
before making a decision to join.
• Facilisgroup’s community supports 
Partner collaboration and growth
• Brand Addition continues to place 
sustainability at the centre of its 
five-year strategic development 
plan ‘ba.ONE sustainability and 
growth’

• Further investment into a 

Sustainability team in Brand 
Addition with the hire of three 
sustainability product managers

• Better informed clients with 

targeted products to meet their 
brand engagement requirements 
and sustainability product needs

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

19

 
 
Our stakeholders

Strategic suppliers
Why we engage

The quality of our products 
and services is heavily 
influenced by the careful 
management of our 
relationships with our 
strategic suppliers. 
Facilisgroup’s suppliers are 
trusted partners delivering to 
a shared customer base. 
Supplier engagement is a key 
part of the Facilisgroup 
business model. Developing 
the community between 
Preferred Suppliers and 
Partners creates additional 
opportunities for all.
Ensuring we retain, and 
develop, our diverse and 
robust supply base is more 
important than ever to 
manage global supply chain 
challenges. Brand Addition’s 
collaboration with key 
suppliers in Asia, Europe, and 
North America develops and 
ensures robust long-term 
trusted partnerships with 
suppliers that conform to 
clients’ and Group’s 
expectations on ethical 
values, ESG, and sustainability 
standards.

How we engage 

Key topics of engagement

Impact of engagement

• Supply chain impact and risk 

• Suppliers value mutually 

mitigation from product 
sourcing to logistics and 
delivery. This relates to both 
direct and indirect 
production, shipping and 
impact on lead times and 
costs 

• Changing industry trends 
and future relationships

• Efficiency strategies, growth 

opportunities

• Supporting the Group’s ESG 

and sustainability 
commitments and goals, 
specifically: environmental 
impact of product being 
supplied, packaging, supply 
chain

• How the Group can assist, 
influence, and develop its 
suppliers’ own ESG and 
sustainability plans

supportive relationships and 
in both Facilisgroup and 
Brand Addition, spend with 
Preferred Suppliers grew in 
FY 22 vs. FY 21

• Long term relationships with 
our suppliers enabled us to 
continue to secure products 
while supply chains were 
challenged

• Demonstration of 

compliance criteria 
requirements being met and 
shared with Brand Addition 
team and customers
• Alignment on key supply 
chain requirements and 
principles to ensure the 
safety and security of the 
overall supply chain

• See Group Board 

‘engagement with the 
business and teams’ on 
page 58. 

• Group Board maintains 

arrangements that foster 
business relationships with 
suppliers, via Divisional 
Leads, in the form of: 
 – use of formal written 
contracts, negotiated 
transparently and openly 
to set clear expectations
 – regular face-to-face and 

virtual meetings to discuss 
performance and provide 
feedback

 – two-way evaluation 

processes to facilitate 
business improvement
 – formal audit processes to 
provide feedback and 
opportunities for 
development
• Executive Director 

participation in supplier 
networking events, providing 
efficient, easy access to 
growth and development 
opportunities

20

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
Shareholders and the wider investment community 
Why we engage

How we engage 

Key topics of engagement

Impact of engagement

The Group Board seeks 
shareholders who are 
aligned with its long- 
term objectives. Access 
to long-term capital 
supports its strategy. 
The Group Board is 
therefore committed to 
continually developing 
the understanding of 
our business model, 
strategic objectives and 
culture for both existing 
and potential investors. 
Throughout 2022, the 
Group Board has 
considerably increased 
its engagement with the 
investor community 
with the aim of ensuring 
that the Group’s 
operations, financial 
performance and 
governance are clear 
and understood, and to 
provide the necessary 
information to ensure all 
investors can make 
informed judgements.
Investors and analysts 
require the Group 
Board’s engagement on 
ESG to guide their 
investment stewardship 
activities.

• Publication of Annual Report and 

ESG report

• Regular and detailed trading updates 

to the market

• Group structure and 
releasing shareholder 
value 

• Share liquidity and 

• Improved investor knowledge 

and understanding of the 
Group, its operations and 
activities

• Commissioning paid for research with 
new dedicated page on the Company’s 
website to improve accessibility for all 
investors 

• Open access investor presentation by 
CEO and CFO including live Q&A via a 
live webcast (FY 21 and HY 22 
webcasts available on the Company’s 
website)

• Availability of CEO and CFO to answer 
questions around trading updates 
throughout the year

valuation 

• Business performance 
and speed to scale 

• Product stack expansion 
plans within Facilisgroup

• Business performance 
over the medium to 
long-term, recovery post 
pandemic and ability to 
withstand recession 
conditions

• Management, leadership, 

• One-to-one investor meetings (in 

skills and ability

• Global nature of business 
and dilution of impact of 
UK economy 

• The continued value and 

use of promotional 
products in businesses 
with ‘green’/sustainability 
strategies 

• Group approach to ESG, 

climate change and 
corporate governance 
(see ESG pages 31-41 and 
TCFD pages 42-43)
• Group approach to 
diversity, equity and 
inclusion (see Nomination 
Committee activity on 
pages 63-64)

person and virtual) with the CEO/CFO 
on markets, strategy and progress - 
circa. 100 took place in 2022

• One-to-one investor virtual meetings 
with the Chair on approach, values 
and principles in relation to 
governance - five took place in 2022
• Investor stewardship meetings with 

Group Senior ESG Officer and Group 
General Counsel to discuss ESG 
priorities and progress – two took 
place in 2022

• Formal independent investor feedback 
exercise on our Group ESG strategy 
and disclosures was conducted in Q4 
2022

• Detailed ‘Investor’ section on the 

Company’s website

• Annual General Meetings with advisory 

vote on directors’ remuneration 
report

• Availability of Chair of the Group 
Board and Chair of each Board 
Committee at AGM to answer 
questions

• Ad-hoc meetings or written responses 
as requested by existing and potential 
shareholders and analysts

• Investor relations activity and 
feedback discussed regularly 
at Board meetings and 
factored into decision-
making by the Group Board
• Inclusion of new information 

in Annual Report. For 
example, Introduction to the 
Promotional Products 
industry on page 2 and Our 
global footprint on page 6
• Improved transparency of 

Group information with open 
access Investor Relations 
content available on the 
Company’s website

• Group Senior ESG Officer 

and General Counsel 
increased active support to 
the Group Board and 
Operating Boards to ensure 
the highest standards and 
delivery on ESG 
commitments 

• Improved understanding 

from investor ESG feedback 
to be factored into future 
ESG disclosures and the 
development of future ESG 
objectives and targets

• Progression of DEI policy and 

approach (see page 64)
• Recognition at the AIM 

Awards 2022 in the form of a 
nomination for the ‘Best 
Investor Communications 
Award’ and being awarded 
the ‘AIM Corporate 
Governance Award’

• Steps taken to apply for the 
Company’s  Ordinary Shares 
to be traded in the US on the 
OTC Market’s OTCQX trading 
platform

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

21

 
 
Section 172(1) statement.

We strive to maintain a 
reputation for high standards of 
business conduct. At The 
Pebble Group our emphasis is 
on making decisions with 
regard to acting equitably and 
for the long-term. 

Our Values in action: 
Always learning 
and growing

22

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

This section describes how the 
Directors had regard to the matters in 
Section 172(1) (a) to (f) of the 
Companies Act 2006 in Board 
discussions and actions, behaviours 
and decision-making, when performing 
their duty to promote the success of 
the Company for the benefit of 
shareholders as a whole during 2022. 

The Group Board and senior team 
know that considering all our 
stakeholder relationships, having 
proper regard to our stakeholders’ 
interests and being aware of the 
external impact of our activities on the 
communities and environments in 
which we operate, will ultimately drive 
value to our shareholders and secure 
our long-term success.

Our Group Board reporting template 
includes Section 172(1) guidance and 
prompts to ensure each paper explains 
which stakeholders are relevant to a 
decision, what long-term factors must 
be considered in all decision-making, 
and that appropriate time is allotted 
for open and in-depth discussion. 

The next pages describe three 
examples of key decisions or initiatives 
during 2022 which focused on issues of 
importance to the Company’s long-
term success. They describe each 
stakeholder group that was relevant to 
the decision or initiative and how they, 
and other matters set out in Section 
172(1), were considered.

STRATEGIC REPORTExample 1

Investor Relations Strategy

The Group Board decided to enhance its investor relations strategy during FY 22 with the objective 
of increasing the Group’s profile with existing investors and potential investors. The aim being to 
ensure the Group’s operations, financial performance and governance were clear and understood. 

c) 

d) 

 One-to-one investor virtual 
meetings with the Chair of the 
Board on approach, values and 
principles in relation to governance 
- five meetings took place.

 Investor stewardship meetings with 
Group Senior ESG Officer and 
Group General Counsel to discuss 
ESG priorities and progress – two 
meetings took place.

e) 

f) 

 Engagement of third party to 
conduct an independent investor 
feedback exercise and report on 
the Group’s ESG strategy and 
disclosures.

 Taking steps to apply for the 
Company’s Ordinary Shares to be 
traded in the US on the OTC 
Market’s OTCQX trading platform.

How Directors had regard to 
other Section 172(1) matters

Reputation 
The Directors considered that this 
enhanced investor relations strategy 
would be likely to build and strengthen 
the Group’s reputation in the market, 
for meeting targets and having sound 
strategy and strong governance.

Long-term impact
The likely long-term benefit of the 
strategy for the future success of the 
Company, for the benefit of its 
shareholders as a whole, was relevant 
and taken into account.

This included:

a) 

b) 

 Widening broker coverage and 
following, including commissioning 
paid for research and the 
introduction of a new dedicated 
‘analyst coverage’ page on the 
Company’s website.

 Increased one-to-one investor 
meetings (in person and virtual) 
with the CEO and CFO on markets, 
strategy and progress - circa. 100 
meetings took place.

Key stakeholder groups

Our shareholders and the wider 
investment community 
It is important that the Group Board 
fosters strong and transparent avenues 
of communication with its 
shareholders and provides clear and 
accurate information to ensure that all 
existing and potential investors can 
make informed judgements.

How Directors had regard to 
stakeholders’ interests and 
engagement output

Identifying the points of interest for our 
shareholders and the wider investment 
community was completed through 
engagement outlined on page 21 and by 
working closely with our broker 
advisers. This was factored in by 
Directors when building this strategy.

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

23

Section 172(1) statement

Example 2

Adoption of Group Framework on Conduct, Ethics and Compliance

The Audit Committee recommended adoption of the new Framework on Conduct, Ethics and 
Compliance. The Framework covers all risk and compliance priorities and aims to cultivate a 
culture of strong professional ethics and responsible practices within our businesses, as cascaded 
down from the Group Board. The Group Board approved the Framework in Q4 2022.

Key stakeholder groups

Our teams
The ethics and integrity of an 
organisation are increasingly important 
to employees when making career 
decisions. Employees want to work for 
companies they are proud of. The 
Framework provides visibility and clear 
messaging to our teams from the 
Group Board about issues that are 
important, where it stands in relation 
to those issues, and what employees 
can expect. 

Our clients and Partners
Matters of ethics and compliance are a 
priority for clients and Partners when 
they choose who to partner with in 
their own operations. Our clients 
choose Brand Addition as the closest 
thing to managing their promotional 
products needs in-house and consider 
the Brand Addition team as a 
continuation of their own. These 
customers are large, reputable brands 
that demand high standards of 
conduct, ethics and compliance. It is 
crucial that we can align with them and 
demonstrate our professional ethics 
and responsible practices through 
tone set from the top. 

Our shareholders and the wider 
investment community 
It is important that the Group Board 
can demonstrate our culture to the 
market through tone set from the top 
and our policies and processes, to 
provide reassurance to investors in the 
context of their responsible investment 
and stewardship obligations.

How Directors had regard to 
stakeholders’ interests and 
engagement output

Understanding of the interests of key 
stakeholder groups was obtained and 
understood through engagement with 
all of our key stakeholder groups as 
outlined on pages 18-22. A report to 
the Audit Committee and Board set 
out the various interests which were 
discussed at the relevant meetings. 
The Group Board concluded that 
achieving a leading position in conduct, 
ethics and compliance (as embodied in 
the Framework), together with raised 
awareness and understating of the 
Group’s priority issues, would be 
received positively by the stakeholder 
groups noted.

How Directors had regard to 
other Section 172(1) matters

The following were reported to the 
Audit Committee and Board and were 
discussed during decision making:

Risk management 
How the Framework aimed to improve 
awareness of possible risk areas across 
the Group and ensure that all 
personnel were alert to risks and 
aware of action to take in order to 
manage and mitigate them. 

Culture and reputation 
The design of the Framework to ensure 
that strong professional ethics and 
responsible practices are effectively 
and consistently applied. This was 
noted as likely to build and perpetuate 

a culture of compliance and high 
standards within our workforce and a 
reputation for strong governance. 
Moreover, its implementation could 
reduce the likelihood of, and/or 
mitigate the impact of, issues arising 
which could negatively affect 
reputation. 

Impact on the environment
How the Framework acknowledges the 
importance of the Company’s role and 
responsibilities in protecting the 
environment and limiting the impact of 
climate change. In addition, how it 
increases awareness of the Company’s 
policies and efforts to reduce impact 
on the environment, including 
thorough reducing reliance on fossil 
fuels and reducing our greenhouse gas 
(GHG) emissions.

Impact on the Company’s wider 
social responsibilities
How the Framework covers the 
Company’s commitments to 
responsible business practices, which 
benefit society at large. Including 
guarding against bribery, corruption, 
conflicts of interest, misuse of inside 
information, discrimination, 
harassment, and tax evasion. In 
addition, how the Framework 
emphasises the Company’s 
requirements for fair/professional 
behaviour, respecting health and 
well-being, protecting confidential 
information/personal data, adherence 
to product quality, compliance and 
safety, responsible procurement 
practices, and promoting diversity, 
equity and inclusion. 

24

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTExample 3

‘The RACE Code’ Exercise  

The Nomination Committee identified the value in obtaining an external expert view of the Group’s 
DEI strategy and approach. In Q4 2022, the Committee approved the appointment of an external 
governance consultant to commence ‘The RACE Code’ exercise to review and advise whether our 
strategy and approach is sufficient and appropriate to improve diversity within our businesses and 
to provide firm direction on how to progress our DEI efforts, particularly around ethnic diversity. 

For more details see pages 36-38 in the ESG section of this report.

Relevant key stakeholder groups

Our teams
DEI issues are increasingly becoming a 
priority for employees. It is important 
that our employees know the Group 
takes meaningful steps to ensure that 
its DEI strategy and approach is 
creating an inclusive workplace and 
culture and there are no barriers to 
disadvantage anyone from progression. 
Enhanced diversity and equality should 
lead to a better workplace for our 
entire team. 

Our clients and Partners
Our current and potential clients and 
Partners display broad diversity. It is 
crucial that we are open, relevant and 
connected with them. Feedback from 
clients provides insight that DEI issues 
are increasingly becoming a priority for 
them in their own operations, and it is 
likely to begin to extend into their choice 
of partners. A strong DEI strategy that 
shows results can help us win, grow and 
retain clients and Partners. 

Our shareholders and wider 
investment community 
The investment community expects 
companies to have meaningful 
diversity, including at Board and senior 
levels, at least consistent with local 

market regulatory requirements and 
best practices. Institutional 
Shareholder Service (ISS) UK voting 
guidelines have minimum requirements 
for ethnic minority representation on 
certain sized company boards.

How Directors had regard to 
stakeholders’ interests and 
engagement output

Understanding the interests of key 
stakeholder groups was obtained and 
understood through engagement with 
all of our key stakeholder groups as 
outlined on pages 18-22. A report to 
the Nomination Committee set out the 
various interests noted above and 
were discussed at a Committee 
meeting. The Committee regarded this 
exercise in itself as a means of 
obtaining valuable insight from 
stakeholders on how well the Group 
does on DEI issues, which was 
extremely important. The Directors 
concluded that a tangible DEI plan to 
improve diversity was valuable and this 
decision would positively impact 
attraction and retention of the best 
talent to our Group, and the best 
quality of clients and suppliers, thereby 
enabling the continued successful 
growth of our businesses. 

How Directors had regard to 
other Section 172(1) matters

The following were reported to the 
Nomination Committee and Board and 
were discussed during decision making:

Culture and reputation
The positive impact on the Company’s 
culture of the review itself and the 
resulting action plan which would send 
a strong message that the Group 
spends time and resources to take real 
steps to ensure that its DEI strategy 
and approach is meaningful and likely 
to achieve results. 

Wider social responsibilities
The positive impact in the context of 
social responsibilities, was relevant and 
taken into account.

Long-term impact
The likely long-term benefit of the 
review for the future success of the 
Company, for the benefit of its 
shareholders as a whole, was relevant 
and taken into account.

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

25

STRATEGIC REPORT

Sustainability 

Environmental, Social  
and Governance (“ESG”).

Stakeholder interests, business needs and 
best practice drive our approach to ESG.

By listening to our stakeholders, we focus on the ESG issues 
that matter to us and to the sustainability of our business in 
the long-term. We challenge ourselves to make 
commitments to ESG that are meaningful and to address 
ESG demands in a genuine way, with the aim of future 
proofing our operations and holding ourselves accountable. 
We see ESG reporting and disclosures as an opportunity to 
differentiate our Group by sharing the progress we have 
made against these commitments.

We aim to act responsibly through effective governance, 
managing our direct social and environmental impacts and 
risks throughout our operations and striving to drive 
positive change throughout our value chain. Our intention is 
to be transparent in our approach, in our commitments and 
how we measure and deliver against them in terms of clear 
targets and aspirations.

26

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

S
S
E
N

I
S
U
B

S
E
N
O
T
S
R
E
N
R
O
C
G
S
E

Y
T
I
V
I
T
C
A

S
S
E
N

I
S
U
B

E
U
L
A
V

R
E
D
L
O
H
E
K
A
T
S

Y
E
K

How we integrate ESG into our strategy and business activities:

Providing digital commerce, 
products and related services 
to SME promotional product 
distributors

Providing products and services 
to large global brands

RESPONSIBLE 
BUSINESS 
PRACTICES

BOARD 
INDEPENDENCE,  
ETHICS AND 
LEADERSHIP

DIVERSITY, 
HEALTH, 
WELL‑BEING AND 
ENGAGEMENT

IMPACT OF OUR 
BUSINESS ON THE 
ENVIRONMENT AND 
OUR COMMUNITIES

SAAS TECHNOLOGY
To power efficiency and growth

DESIGN
Corporate ranges and bespoke products

SUPPLY CHAIN
For supply chain advantage

COMMUNITY
Events and training

SOURCE
From ethical suppliers

DELIVER
Across the Globe

CLIENTS AND PARTNERS
Trusted suppliers with high 
standards, strict ethical 
values and responsible 
business practices  

SHAREHOLDERS AND 
INVESTORS
Full top-down engagement 
on ESG to ensure long term 
value and guide investment 
stewardship activities

Open and transparent 
engagement with Board/
Directors

Clear Group disclosures 
aligned with best practice

Effective risk management 
and oversight/controls, 
incorporating climate risk 
and mitigation

Supply chain transparency 
and accountability 

Responsibly sourced and 
sustainable products 

Achievement of our own ESG 
targets/transition to a low 
carbon economy

Opportunities for 
collaboration and growth

Creative, bespoke exciting 
products to help brands 
connect with their 
customers

STRATEGIC SUPPLIERS
Carefully managed 
transparent relationships

Accountable for/ability to 
demonstrate high standards, 
strict ethical values and 
responsible business 
practices 

OUR TEAMS
A positive and inclusive 
culture, sensitive to the 
issues that affect our 
people, so they can thrive 
and grow 

Development and 
investment in our people

Part of a customer 
community and access to 
networking events to create 
growth and development 
opportunities

Improved focus on talent 
pipeline and development of 
succession planning aligned 
with DEI

Increased and improved 
flexibility in working patterns

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

2022 highlights.

Group carbon emissions

• Established a Group baseline for 
Scope 1, Scope 2, and Scope 3 
emissions

• Reduced Scope 1 and Scope 2 
emissions by 8% from our 2021 
base year

• Started to develop a plan to address 

Scope 3 emissions

Reduced Scope 1 and 
Scope 2 emissions by   

8%  

Transition to renewable electricity

electricity36+

36 %

of Group sites are now 
using renewable 

Supplier and Partner engagement

• Partner Summit and Supplier 

Showcase brought together 120 
distributors and 63 suppliers

• Launch of a ESG steering committee

28

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

64
+
N
Carbon neutral distribution

• The Group is prioritising the use of 

carbon neutral logistics options for all 
final mile deliveries, where available

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI)

• DEI being prioritised through training 

and succession planning

• Approval of “The Race Code” 

initiative to review and improve our 
DEI strategy and approach using an 
external governance consultant (to be 
undertaken in 2023)

female representation 
across our Group-wide 
leadership team

female representation 
on our Group board

51 %

55+
40+

40 %

Employee well‑being

• Employee wellness programme 

expanded to include all Group locations

Volunteering

810hrs  

Group volunteering hours donated 
in our first year of launching our 
volunteering initiative

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

29

45
+
N
60
+
N
s
r
e
d

l

o
h
e
k
a
t
s
o
t
e
c
n
a
t
r
o
p
m

I

Materiality Assessment

Identifying our key 
material ESG issues.

● Impact of our business on the environment and our communities

● Diversity, health, well-being and engagement

● Board independence, ethics and leadership

● Responsible business practices

● Human rights

High

 ● 

Packaging and 
waste

● 
Energy and  
climate change

● 
Responsible 
sourcing

Data security 
and privacy

● 

Product integrity  
and transparency
●

●
Business ethics  
and integrity

●
Economic 
performance

● 
Governance, accountability 
and business culture

● 
Diversity, 
equity  
and inclusion

● 
Employee health, safety and well-being
● 
Employee recruitment,  
retention and development

Very 
high

● Risk management

Impact on The Pebble Group’s success (over next five years)

Our ESG priorities continue to be informed by our 
materiality assessment, from which we developed 
our bespoke framework and four ESG 
cornerstones. Our materiality assessment has 
enabled us to identify and prioritise the ESG 
related topics that are important and relevant to 
our business and our stakeholders. The 
assessment was internal, drawing from the 
experience and insight of our teams at different 

levels in the business and incorporating feedback 
from past and current dialogue with our 
stakeholders. To ensure that the ESG topics 
remain relevant the assessment. The assessment is 
reviewed by the Group annually incorporating 
feedback from internal and external stakeholders 
for continued relevance and suitability. For further 
details, please refer to pages 17 – 18 in our 2022 
ESG report.

30

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
ESG report 2022.

In October 2022 we published our 
second ESG report, evolving and 
building upon our initial 2021 report and 
providing a detailed, in-depth review 
and update on our approach to ESG, 
our action taken and progress made 
towards our targets during 2022. An 
overview is provided in the sections 
below and you are encouraged to read 
our full ESG report for more detail, 
which is available in the ‘Investors’ and 
‘ESG’ sections of our website. 

Reference tool
Look out for the markers in the report 
to guide you to further information 
found in our ESG report 2022 available 
at thepebblegroup.com

Sustainable Development Goals
Throughout the ESG section of this 
report you will see how our priorities 
align with the UN sustainable 
development goals. 

For further details please see pages 
19 -20 in our 2022 ESG report. 

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

31

Energy and climate change

Priority

Our aim

UN Sustainable Development Goals

Minimising our impact 
on the environment and 
our communities

To make a positive long-term difference 
to our people and the communities in 
which we work, while minimising our 
impact on the environment.

Greenhouse gas emissions

The Group is committed to 
minimising its impact on the 
environment. We see reducing 
the emissions of our direct 
operations, responsibly 
sourcing the products we 
supply and driving positive 
change throughout our supply 
chain with key strategic 
suppliers as fundamental to 
achieving our aim.
In 2022 we accelerated our efforts to 
calculate our Group GHG emissions, 
which included the calculation of the 
Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions for all 
of the sites operated outside of 
Europe and a Scope 3 assessment. The 
Scope 3 assessment was undertaken 
with the support of a third-party 
specialist, Normative.io for our Brand 
Addition business and publicly available 
carbon calculators, such as the 
Greenhouse Gas Protocol Scope 3 
evaluator to calculate Facilisgroup’s 
Scope 3 emissions. 

For details please see pages 26- 32 
of the ESG report 2022 

Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions
We continue to make good progress in 
reducing our Scope 1 and Scope 2 
emissions. In 2022 we transitioned 
another of our sites over to renewable 
electricity and signed a renewable gas 
contract where the gas we use is 
matched with 100% renewable gas 

32

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

We have begun to take action to tackle 
our Scope 3 emissions in our largest 
emission categories. 
• In 2022 we engaged with our logistics 

partners to utilise carbon neutral 
delivery options such as DHL Go 
Green, to reduce our carbon 
emissions associated with final mile 
deliveries to our clients. 

• Engagement project with our supply 
chain to encourage change and to 
understand the current steps 
suppliers are taking to measure and 
reduce their impact. This project is 
aimed at encouraging our suppliers to 
start to take meaningful action to 
reduce their own emissions, and drive 
demand for more sustainable 
products and materials.

• Improvements to the granularity of 

Scope 3 data has enabled the Group 
to improve the accuracy of its 
reported emissions. This has involved 
improving the categorisation of 
products being sold from suppliers, 
gaining better visibility of supplier 
specific emissions, and improving the 
categorisation of transport modes 
when transporting and distributing 
products. These improvements to 
data accuracy and the steps we have 
taken, moving to carbon neutral 
logistics options has enabled the 
Group to reduce its Scope 3 
emissions by 2% in 2022.

guarantees of origin (RGGOs) or 
Biomethane certificates (BMCs). These 
actions have enabled us to reduce our 
Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions by 8% 
(market based) against our 2021 base 
year and to increase our renewable 
electricity to 36% across all Group sites. 

In Germany, we have consolidated our 
operations into a newly built 
warehouse and office facility with LED 
lighting and more efficient heating, 
which will serve as the European sales 
office and distribution hub for our 
Brand Addition business. This improves 
our business efficiency and further 
reduces our carbon footprint. 

In 2023 we aim to convert our final 
European site over to renewable 
electricity and for the remaining sites 
that do not currently have access to 
renewable energy we will purchase 
renewable energy credits (RECs) to 
achieve our target of transitioning all of 
our sites over to renewable electricity 
by the end of 2025.

Scope 3 emissions
Measuring our Scope 3 emissions is just 
the start of our journey, and we 
recognise the challenges we face 
across the Group to reduce our Scope 
3 emissions and improve the accuracy 
of our emissions figures, moving from 
spend based calculations to using 
activity-based data. As we gain a 
better understanding of our Scope 3 
emissions and as we develop our 
long-term strategy to reduce our 
emissions, we will remain transparent 
and explain any changes to our 
approach or methodologies. 

STRATEGIC REPORTGroup Energy and GHG emissions
Energy consumption (MWh)

Gas

Electricity

Transport fuel

GHG emissions (Tonnes CO2e)

Stationary combustion (Gas) - Location based

Scope 1

Stationary combustion (Gas) - Market based

Mobile combustion (Company owned vehicles)

Scope 2

Purchased Electricity (Location based)

Purchased Electricity (Market based)

Purchased goods and services

Fuel-and energy-related activities (not included in scope 1 or scope 2)

Scope 3

Upstream transportation and distribution

Waste generated in operations

Business travel

Employee commuting

Total Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions (Market‑based)

Total Scope 3 emissions

Offsets purchased

Total emissions (Market‑based)

Total energy consumption

% Renewable electricity

2022

1,246

1,414

160

2022

251

211

34

434

439

2021

Variance

1,342

1,407

117

2021

271

271

26

410

450

-7% 

1% 

37% 

Variance

-7% 

-22% 

31% 

6% 

-2% 

4% 

-3%

40,780

39,044

178

183

8,990

12,036

-25% 

1

410

336

684

1

290

265

747

50,695

51,819

825

-

 50,554

52,566

 2,820

 36%

2,866

27%

0% 

41% 

27% 

‑8%

‑2%

- 

‑4%

‑2%

9%

GHG emissions have been calculated by each Group 
business and combined to provide a Group GHG emissions 
figure. 

Employee commuting has been calculated using the 
relevant 2022 DEFRA (Department for Environment, Food 
& Rural Affairs) emissions factors (EFs).

Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions have been restated to 
reflect changes made to our methodology and improve 
the accuracy of our reporting as described below. 

Market based stationary combustion has been added to reflect 
the purchase of biogas in 2022 backed by RGGOs / BMCs.

Purchased electricity figures have been re-stated to 
include the AIB (Association of Issuing Bodies) production 
mix EFs for location-based figures and residual mix 
emission factors for market-based emissions used by the 
Normative carbon reporting engine. 

Brand Addition

Emissions have been calculated using the Normative 
carbon reporting engine unless otherwise stated.

Facilisgroup

Natural gas consumption (stationary combustion) for 
Canada has been restated to include more accurate 

emission factors as published by Environment and Climate 
Change Canada.

Purchased electricity for North America has been 
calculated using the EFs reported in the Normative carbon 
reporting engine.

Employee commuting has been calculated using the 
relevant 2022 DEFRA (Department for Environment, Food 
& Rural Affairs) EFs.

Scope 3 emissions have been calculated using the Quantis 
Greenhouse Gas Protocol Scope 3 evaluator.

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

33

Responsible sourcing and business practices 

Priority

Our aim

UN Sustainable Development Goals

Responsible sourcing and 
business practices

Strive to ensure that the products we 
source and the vendors we use 
prioritise the use of sustainable 
materials and have in place responsible 
business practices, respecting 
fundamental human rights.

Product sustainability 

Across our Group we work with 
a large array of clients and 
suppliers to fulfil promotional 
product requirements. In 
Facilisgroup, we connect 
Partners (customers) with 
Preferred suppliers and in 
Brand Addition, we are working 
with clients to design, source 
and deliver millions of products 
to support promotions.

Product sustainability starts with 
understanding our clients’ needs. Our 
aim, when developing new products or 
product ranges, is to select creative 
products recognised by our clients’ 
target audiences that are visually 
desirable, of good quality, form a 
meaningful connection with the brand 
and are items that the recipient will 
want to bring home and keep.

When choosing or developing products, 
material selection plays a vital role. We 
prioritise items that are made from 
sustainable materials such as organic 

cottons, recycled plastics or materials 
that are less resource intensive during 
the production process. We always 
strive to develop products that are 
desirable and useful and that will be 
long lasting. We aim to prioritise the use 
of materials that can be easily recycled 
at the end of their useful life, to 
support the circular economy. 

34

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

COFFEE CARBON 
EQ U IVALENT TO  
THREE CAPSULES

FIVE 
RECYCLED 
PL AS TIC   
BOT TLES

VIRGIN 
ACRYLIC 

ONE 
UP CYCLED 
BL ANKE T

STRATEGIC REPORTResponsible sourcing 

The Group has a mature vendor management process which 
ensures that all suppliers used are validated through a robust 
vendor assessment. On-site assessments are mandatory for 
any product suppliers located in high-risk countries such as 
Turkey, China or other parts of Asia. These assessments are 
predominantly undertaken by our own audit team. Our 
vendor assessments consider social and ethical business 
practices, working conditions and product quality and 
compliance obligations. If issues are identified, corrective 
action plans are issued and followed-up to ensure 
completion. If any critical issues are identified or actions not 
completed, the supplier is blacklisted and cannot be used. 
Re-assessments are conducted every two years. 

In 2022, Brand Addition undertook a total of 213 on-site 
vendor assessments of its supplier network. 13 critical 
non-conformances were identified and six suppliers were 
blacklisted. 

Each business has mandatory compliance clauses integrated 
into their Third-Party Partner and supplier contracts which 
include corporate social responsibility, anti-bribery and 
corruption, anti-slavery and human trafficking, trade 
restrictions and facilitation of tax evasion. These contracts 
include termination rights for non-compliance. In 2022 we 
extended and publicised access to our Group whistleblowing 
portal to our suppliers as well as Group employees. 

For further details or our approach to product sustainability and 
responsible sourcing please refer pages 42 - 49 in our ESG report 2022

Packaging and waste

We aim to ensure that all of the packaging we use can be 
kerbside recycled and we prioritise the use of recycled 
materials in our packaging. Since 2017, we have reduced the 
amount of single-use plastic packaging used in our UK 
warehouse by 90%. In 2022 we reduced this by a further 6%. 
In 2023 we are embarking on a project to further align the 
packaging used across each of our warehouse locations and 
to select the most appropriate materials to ensure that 
packaging can be easily recycled by the end user.

The majority of waste generated across the Group consists of 
cardboard and plastic pallet wrap from transit packaging. In 
2022, we encouraged employees to take part in ‘litterless 
lunches’ and we have undertaken waste audits to highlight 
what waste is being disposed of, how this can be reduced, 
and how it should be correctly segregated. In 2023, we aim 
to work across our warehouse locations to standardise our 
approach so that we can more accurately measure and track 
our waste.

10+ million units

WITH PL AS TIC FREE AND RECYCL ABLE 
PACK AGING SINCE 2020

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

35

Diversity, health, well‑being and engagement

Priority

Our aim

UN Sustainable Development Goals

Diversity, health,
well‑being and 
engagement

To expand, celebrate and embrace

individuality and diversity, providing a

safe environment where we promote

well-being and a healthy work-life 
balance.

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI)

We believe that building a diverse and 
inclusive culture will lead to a better 
business, a better place to work for our 
entire team and, ultimately, will make 
the Group more valuable and effective 
overall. We therefore value diversity 
and are committed to taking steps to 
enhance DEI throughout our Group 
with the aim of expanding, celebrating, 
and embracing individuality and 
diversity in our teams. 

Our Group DEI policy and our 
Succession Planning process sets our 
approach to DEI and are how we aim to 
embed and enhance our commitment 
to diversity further into our businesses. 
We see ourselves on a journey to 
continuously improve on these matters. 
Our DEI policy covers diversity in 
ethnicity, gender, age, disability, 
education and socio-economic 
background, sexual orientation, and the 
representation of minority groups. We 
also see diversity of personal attributes 
having equal importance and our aim is 
to build a team that consists of 
individuals who have a range of skills 
and attributes, and we are therefore 
also focused on diversity in cognitive 
and personal strengths. Our Succession 
Planning process works alongside this.

36

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTFY 22 Group diversity figures

We employ 568 talented individuals across the Group and we 
consider our gender balance to be an area of strength. We 
are also proud of the broad national representation range of 
27 different nationalities represented by our Group 
employees and that circa. 36 different languages are spoken 
by them.

GENDER SPLIT

DIVERSITY SPLIT

41%

Female (334) 

Male (234) 

4%

11%

13%

4%

59%

43%

67%

Asian (76)

Black (25)

White (379)

Other ethnically diverse 
team member* (24)

Not known or prefer not 
to say (64)

*Other ethnically diverse team member incorporates: 
Hispanic/Latino, Mixed, Other, Pacific Islander, Native American

GROUPWIDE LEADERSHIP GENDER SPLIT

GROUP BOARD GENDER SPLIT

GROUP EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE GENDER SPLIT

49%

51%

60%

40%

37.5%

62.5%

Female (37) 

Male (36) 

Female (2) 

Male (3) 

Female (5) 

Male (3) 

(Operating Boards, their direct reports

and Group Executive Committee)

The Group Board has a good gender 
balance as it comprises three male and 
two female Directors.

We also have good gender balance 
throughout the senior teams within our 
businesses. 

(Diversity figures based on numbers of FTEs as at 31 December 2022)

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

37

Diversity, health, well‑being and engagement

• a new foundation in Facilisgroup to 

identify internal talent for 
succession purposes; and 

• changes to annual performance 

review process. 

• We have a DEI Executive Sponsor in 

each of Facilisgroup and Brand 
Addition which meet at least annually 
with the Group Chair of the 
Nomination Committee to discuss DEI 
progress.

The Group’s aim is to continue to 
improve diversity. A Nomination 
Committee decision was made at the 
end of 2022 to focus on ethnic 
diversity and embark on an initiative 
run by an external governance 
consultant, called ‘The RACE Code’ 
during 2023 and beyond. Please see 
page 25. This will provide an 
independent view of the Group and 
practical guidelines to bring about real 
change in the area of race equality in 
the workforce. The culmination of the 
exercise will provide a credible review 
of our DEI progress to date, and a 
tangible three-year action plan, with 
the aim of working towards a ‘Race 
Equality Code’ quality mark 
accreditation. 

During 2022: 

• We conducted an annual Group-wide 

Diversity Study and Gender Pay 
Assessment. This provided insight to 
help monitor our DEI progress and 
shape our actions to address areas 
for improvement. The teams across 
our businesses have been tasked with 
attracting a more diverse pool of 
talent. The results of the December 
2022 diversity study can be found on 
the page above and the Gender Pay 
Assessment results can be found on 
page 56 of the ESG report 2022. 
• Our Group actioned a number of 

initiatives aimed at delivering our DEI 
and succession planning 
commitments and embed the right 
approach into their culture in a real, 
meaningful way. This includes:
• work to improve our recruitment 

process;

• working with agencies known for 

diverse candidate pools and 
diversity job boards;

• implementing DEI training across the 

Group using on-line training 

• platforms and targeted DEI training 

sessions on subjects such as 
unconscious bias;

• introduction of a ‘diversity calendar’ 
to celebrate our differences, create 
fun and enhance inclusive culture in 
the workplace;

• creation of a ‘Diversity, Health, 
Well-being and Engagement’ 
Committee within Facilisgroup with 
responsibility for leadership of DEI 
initiatives;

38

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTHealth, safety and well-being 

The Group takes a proactive approach 
to the health, safety, and well-being of 
its employees. We focus on providing a 
safe working environment that 
promotes a healthy work-life balance 
and demonstrates a positive attitude 
towards mental health and well-being. 
We strongly believe that by supporting 
our employees and helping to ensure 
they are in good health, enables 
everyone to perform better.

Each site has its own health and safety 
team who meet regularly to discuss 
any local actions or findings from risk 
assessments and health and safety 
walkarounds. Health and safety 
matters are a standing agenda item at 
each Group Board meeting where 
summary reports for each business, 
including up to date statistics relating 
to accidents and incidents that have 
occurred since the last report, are 
tabled and noted. In FY 22, there was 
one health and safety incident in the 
UK that was RIDDOR reportable due to 
the number of days the employee was 
absent from work. 

During 2022:

Facilisgroup celebrated mental health 
month to raise awareness of the 
importance of positive mental health. 
All employees were given a year-long 
subscription to ‘Calm’, which is a 
meditation and mindfulness app. 
Facilisgroup also gave an additional 
four hours of paid leave to each 
employee to be used as “wellness 
time” that month, together with four 
more hours of “wellness time” to be 
used during the remainder of the year.

Brand Addition continued its wellness 
campaign which allows employees to 
choose from nine subsidised benefits 
aimed at promoting physical and 
mental health. The flexibility of this 
programme acknowledges that 
everyone’s health and well-being 
needs are different, and gives 
employees’ access to a wide range of 
different benefits to suit them, which 
they can be incorporate into their daily 
routines. 

In 2023, we will continue to actively 
promote positive health and well-
being through targeted campaigns 
such as mental health awareness 
month. We will also raise awareness of 
the wellness benefits offered to all 
employees to encourage increased 
participation in the schemes.

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

39

Community Support

Priority

Our aim

UN Sustainable Development Goals

Community Support

To engage locally and make a positive 
impact, supporting our communities. 

Engagement and volunteering

Facilisgroup annual Partner 
summit and supplier showcase.
In June 2022, Facilisgroup hosted its 
Annual Partner Summit in Orlando, 
Florida, which is dedicated to industry 
education, innovation, collaboration, 
engagement and encouraging growth. It 
also gives an opportunity for interaction 
with Facilisgroup’s Preferred Suppliers 
and is a means for them to showcase 
their businesses and new product lines. 

The entire Group Board and certain 
Group senior managers attended the 
event in person and had the opportunity 
for direct face-to-face engagement and 
interaction with Facilisgroup’s key 
stakeholders, to gain valuable first-hand 
insight and feedback.

Facilisgroup has also started to use the 
opportunity of these summits to raise 
awareness of the impacts of the 
promotional products industry on the 
environment and, at the summit, it 
facilitated an ESG panel discussion, in 
which Brand Addition participated.

When hosting an event, Facilisgroup 
commits to leaving that local area in a 
better place than it was prior to their 
arrival. Via FacilisCares, Facilisgroup 
supports a local charity initiative during 
the time spent in the area. In Orlando, 
the summit participants spent an 
afternoon volunteering their time to 
make 50 blankets for local non-profit 
organisations: Harbour House, Vitas 
Healthcare, Seniors First and the 
Osceola Council on Aging.

810hrs

Group volunteering 
hours during 2022 

Orlando by numbers

120

DISTRIBUTOR PARTNERS 
IN ATTENDANCE 

63

SUPPLIER PARTNERS 
IN ATTENDANCE 

670

TOTAL NUMBER OF 
ATTENDEES 

100

VOLUNTEERING HOURS

40

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTMustard Tree
Brand Addition Manchester partnered with 
Mustard Tree, a local charity which aims to combat 
poverty and prevent homelessness by helping 
people secure better accommodation and 
improve their economic well-being. Each Friday a 
member of our team spent the day at Mustard 
Tree, supporting either their food club or 
community furniture shop.

Park Clean-up
Facilisgroup and Brand Addition collaborated in a 
special ‘FacilisCares Day’ where 40 volunteers 
from our U.S. and Canada offices dedicated 120 
volunteering hours to clean up local parks; Water 
Tower Park in St. Louis and Shefford Sports Park 
in Ottawa.

In 2023 we will continue our efforts to support local 
community projects. Facilsgroup has committed to 
continue its partnership with ‘Home Sweet Home’ and 
‘United Way’ and at this year’s Annual Partner Summit 
the attendees will come together again, to support a 
local charity through the FacilisCares initiative. 

Aligning our approach and following recognised standards

Ecovadis
Our Brand Addition business retained 
its Platinum EcoVadis status for a third 
year, positioning the business within the 
top 1% of similar companies in its 
approach to sustainability. 

The assessment reviewed how the 
business addresses four key areas 
(Environment, Labour and Human Rights, 
Ethics and Sustainable Procurement), 
including any actions to minimise its 
overall impact on the environment.

EcoVadis provides an independent, 
trusted, common platform for 
evaluating and rating more than 65,000 
groups and companies across 200 
industries in 160 countries. It uses a 
CSR assessment criteria based on 
recognised sustainability standards.

Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP) 
Brand Addition makes an annual 
submission to the Carbon Disclosure 
Project (CDP), declaring its annual GHG 
emissions and progress against its 
reduction targets. Its declaration also 
supports the Scope 3 emission tracking 
for clients linked to CDP. In the most 
recent assessment Brand Addition 
maintained its ‘C’ rating.

CDP runs a global environmental 
disclosure system and supports 
thousands of companies, to measure 
and manage their risks and 
opportunities on climate change, water 
security, and deforestation.

ISO management systems 
Across the Group we have effective 
management systems in place that are 
annually audited by SGS to ensure 
continued certification against globally 
recognised standards. 

Our Brand Addition business holds 
ISO9001 certification across its UK sites, 
ISO14001 certification at its Manchester 
site and ISO50001 certification across 
its UK and German sites.

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

41

Climate related risks and opportunities 

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’)
During 2022 we fully implemented all of the 
recommendations made by the TCFD to ensure effective 
governance of any climate related risks and opportunities 
identified across the Group. The table below provides an 
overview of the actions we have taken in relation to each of 
the TCFD recommendations and where relevant information 
can be found in this report and our ESG report.

The results of our climate related risks and opportunities 
assessment did not identify any risks likely to have a material 
impact on the financial performance of our business over the 
short, mid, or long-term. Whilst we do see areas of exposure 
related to increased costs of raw materials and the 

transportation of goods because we do not directly 
manufacture products, we are somewhat shielded from 
significant impact. Where risks have been identified, actions 
are already in place to address the impact or minimise 
exposure. We recognise the importance of ensuring that we 
continue to develop and evolve our risk management 
framework, and we will ensure that the scenarios we use to 
quantify risk factors remain current and continue to evolve to 
represent the changing landscape. A detailed evaluation of 
the highest scoring climate-related risks and opportunities 
(and the information used to undertake our scenario analysis) 
can be found on page 91 of our 2022 ESG report.

Recommendation

Response

Disclosure location

Governance

a) Describe the Board’s oversight of 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities

The Board approves and oversees the Group ESG strategy along with 
ensuring that risk (including climate and environmental related risk) is 
effectively managed across the Group.

Page 60 in our 
Corporate 
Governance Section

b) Describe management’s role in 
assessing and managing climate-
related risks and opportunities

Strategy

a) Describe the climate-related 
risks and opportunities the 
organisation has identified over the 
short, medium and long-term

The Audit Committee provides oversight of climate related risks as part 
of its integrated business risk review.

ESG is a key part of the Board’s annual strategy setting session and the 
Board receives a full ESG update at its half year strategy review, so that 
progress is assessed every six months.

ESG is a standing agenda item at each Group Executive Committee meeting.

The Senior ESG Officer is responsible for developing and executing the 
Group ESG strategy.

Meetings are held (every two months, as a minimum) with the Divisional 
Leads of Facilisgroup and Brand Addition who are responsible for 
ensuring that progress is being made against agreed objectives and 
targets.

Climate related risks and opportunities are periodically monitored as 
part of our ESG strategy, as included in our ‘Impact of our business on 
the environment and our community’ cornerstone.

The Group identified a number of climate related risks from its 
assessment however none of which were seen to be significant and 
represented a material financial risk to the business.

Opportunities relate to providing clients with credible sustainable 
solutions to support their transition to a low carbon economy.

ESG is a standing agenda item at each Group Executive Committee meeting.

Page 60 in our 
Corporate 
Governance Section

Pages 51, 52 & 55 in 
our Risk Section

Pages 91-95 in our 
ESG report 2022

b) Describe the impact of climate-
related risks and opportunities on 
the organisation’s businesses, 
strategy and financial planning

To date there have not been any climate related risks or opportunities 
that have significantly impacted the business. Any future impacts 
experienced are likely to be low. Any impacts seen are most likely to 
occur under  ‘scenario A’ (early and orderly policy action – smooth 
transition) over the long-term (6-10 years).

Pages 51, 52 & 55 in 
our Risk Section

Pages 91-95 in our 
ESG report 2022

42

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTRecommendation

Response

Disclosure location

c) Describe the resilience of the 
organisation’s strategy, taking into 
consideration different climate-
related scenarios, including a 2°C 
or lower scenario

Three scenarios were developed in line with data from publicly available 
data and reports*.
* The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) SR15 report and the Bank of England, 
Key elements of the 2021 Biennial Exploratory Scenario: Financial risks from climate change. 

The climate related risks identified do not pose a significant risk to the 
business over the developed scenarios.

For all identified risks, mitigating actions are in place to ensure the 
impact remains as low as possible.

Risk management

a) Describe the organisation’s 
processes for identifying and 
assessing climate-related risks

b) Describe the organisation’s 
processes for managing climate-
related risks

c) Describe how processes for 
identifying, assessing and managing 
climate-related risks are integrated 
into the organisation’s overall risk 
management framework

Metrics and targets

a) Disclose the metrics used by the 
organisation to assess climate-
related risk and opportunities in 
line with its strategy and risk 
management process 

b) Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2 and, if 
appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse 
gas emissions and the related risks

Climate related risks are identified by a number of methods, these range 
using publicly available data to help develop an understanding of the 
climate related risks the business may face, internal brainstorming 
exercises and stakeholder discussion. Risks can also be raised through 
internal discussions, individual business risk registers, the Group risk 
register or the Group Executive Committee. Risks are scored and 
assessed following the Group risk management framework to ensure that 
priority is given to the highest risk.  

Emerging and identified risks are regularly monitored and scored to 
represent the risk posed to the business.

All risks are assigned an owner who is responsible for the management 
and implementation of any actions.

The Audit Committee formally reviews and approves the risk register 
twice yearly.

Our approach to climate-related risks is aligned and integrated into our 
Group-wide risk management framework, with oversight from the 
Audit Committee.

Group Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions.

The number of sites that have been converted to renewable electricity.

The GHG emissions table within the ESG section of this report discloses 
our Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 emissions, the number of Group sites 
converted to renewable electricity, and our progress compared to our 
base-year.

We are still in the process of analysing our Scope 3 emissions and intend 
to update our metrics and targets once we have identified our hotspots 
and developed a plan to reduce the impact of the categories with the 
highest emissions.

c) Describe the targets used by the 
organisation to manage climate-
related risks and opportunities and 
performance against targets

50% reduction in Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions by 2030 (8% 
reduction achieved in 2022).

100% renewable electricity by the end 2025 (36% of sites using 
renewable energy at the end of 2022).

As we gain a better understanding of our Scope 3 emissions, we will aim 
to set targets to monitor and reduce our emissions.

Pages 51, 52 & 55 in 
our Risk Section

Pages 91-95 in our 
ESG report 2022

Pages 51-52 in our 
Risk Section

Pages 82-83 in our 
ESG report 2022

Pages 51-52 in our 
Risk Section

Pages 82-83 in our 
ESG report 2022

Pages 51-52 in our 
Risk Section

Pages 82-83 in our 
ESG report 2022

Pages 32-33 in our 
Climate Change 
section

Page 26 in our ESG 
report 2022

Pages 32-33 in our 
Climate Change 
section

Pages 32-33 in our 
Climate Change 
section

Page 26 in our ESG 
report 2022

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

43

Key Performance Indicators

Measuring our  
performance.

Group 

Our Values in action: 
Ambitious 
positivity

REVENUE

GROSS PROFIT

ADJUSTED EBITDA1

BASIC ADJUSTED 
EARNINGS PER SHARE2

ADJUSTED OPERATING CASH 
FLOW CONVERSION

£134m

+16.4%

39.3%

+7.7%

£18m

+16.9%

5.78p

+12.5%

25%

-34.2%

m
0
.
4
3
1
£

m

1
.
5
1
1
£

%
3
.
9
3

%
5
.
6
3

m
8
1
£

m
4
.
5
1
£

p
8
7
.
5

p
4
1
.
5

%
8
3

%
5
2

FY 21

FY 22

FY 21 FY 22

FY 21 FY 22

FY 21 FY 22

2021 2022

Why we measure it
Year-on-year growth in 
revenue indicates 
progress against both 
short-term plans and 
long-term strategy.

Comment
The increase in revenue 
in FY 22 reflects the 
growth in both 
Facilisgroup revenue and 
Brand Addition success in 
retaining existing clients 
and winning new 
contracts. 

Why we measure it
Growth in gross profit 
percentage indicates an 
improvement in the 
quality of our earnings. 

Comment
The increase in gross 
profit percentage 
reflects both the 
increased revenue 
weighting of Facilisgroup, 
our higher margin 
business and an 
improvement in Brand 
Addition gross margins, 
as the business returned 
to its long-term target of 
30%, which was 
impacted in H1 21 by 
incremental Brexit 
related costs and freight 
pricing and capacity. 

Why we measure it
Year-on-year growth in 
Adjusted EBITDA 
indicates progress 
against both short-term 
plans and long-term 
strategy. Management 
believes this adjusted 
measure is appropriate in 
understanding the 
underlying trading 
performance of the 
business. 

Comment 
The increase in Adjusted 
EBITDA in 2022 reflects 
the revenue growth 
across the Group. 

Why we measure it
This measure illustrates the 
profitability of the Group in 
relation to the number of 
shares in issue and is 
therefore an important 
metric in demonstrating 
the delivery of value for 
our shareholders.

Comment
Adjusted Basic earnings 
per share were 5.78p 
against 5.14p in 2021, 
reflecting the mix of 
profitability and increased 
amortisation from 
investment made into new 
products in Facilisgroup.

Why we measure it
This metric measures the 
Group’s profit to cash 
ratio. It is monitored to 
highlight the level of 
investment in capital 
expenditure and working 
capital to support the 
Group’s medium-term 
growth plans.

Comment
The change in 2022 
versus prior year is the 
incremental capital 
expenditure in 
Facilisgroup, combined 
with the investment in 
working capital in Brand 
Addition, in line with 
its growth.

1 Adjusted EBITDA is defined as operating profit adjusted to add back depreciation of property, plant and equipment, amortisation, share based payments charge and exceptional items

2  Basic adjusted EPS is calculated as profit after tax before amortisation of acquired intangibles, share-based payments charge, and exceptional items divided by the weighted average 

number of shares in issue

44

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTGroup companies 
Facilisgroup

Recurring revenues – High visibility of recurring revenues with a growing customer base

REVENUES £’m

PARTNER NUMBERS

20

15

10

5

0

16.6

12.7

9.3

9.8

7.4

250

200

150

100

50

0

217

200

175

149

127

Partner (Customer) Retention

NPS score

PARTNER RETENTION RATE
%

0

-

+

FY 18 

FY 19

FY 20

FY 21

FY 22

2018 

2019

2020

2021

2022

Why we measure it
Tracking Facilisgroup revenues 
demonstrates the business’ ability to grow 
and retain its income from its Partners and 
Preferred Suppliers. 

Comment
Revenues increased by 31% GBP (17% in 
home currency of USD) in FY 22, driven by 
the increase in Partner numbers, GMV 
growth and spend through Preferred 
Suppliers. Recurring revenues comprise 
93% of Facilisgroup revenues in FY 22.

Why we measure it
Responsibly increasing Partner numbers whilst 
maintaining Partner quality is key to delivery 
of the Facilisgroup strategy. The engagement 
of existing Partners and the pipeline of 
potential new Partners are tracked on a 
monthly basis to demonstrate progress 
against this target.

Comment
Partners implemented increased to 217, plus 
eight awaiting implementation. Investment 
has been made in the sales team to continue 
to drive this metric forward. 

Why we measure it
Understanding attrition and the reasons for it 
is key to our Partner growth strategy. We 
focus on maximising retention of existing 
Partners, in addition to growing new. 

Comment
Retention of 96% is considered, by 
management, as an excellent performance, 
and is key to the success of Facilisgroup.

Partner activity – High quality Partners and long-term relationships

GROSS MERCHANDISE VALUE $’m

PREFERRED SUPPLIER PURCHASES $’m

Partner (Customer) Retention

NPS score

NPS SCORE 
#

1,397

1,150

1,017

1500

1200

900

600

730

821

300

0

500

400

300

200

100

0

460

350

0

261

257

227

FY 18 

FY 19

FY 20

FY 21

FY 22

FY 18 

FY 19

FY 20

FY 21

FY 22

Why we measure it
Tracking the value of sales processed 
through our technology sets the pricing of 
our services to our Partners and allows the 
Group to monitor both the growth in 
like-for-like Partner sales, and our growth 
in total distributor sales versus the market. 

Comment
The sales activity of our Partners resulted 
in $1,397m GMV, an increase of $247m on 
FY 21, driven by new Partners in addition to 
an increase in like-for-like Partner sales. 

Why we measure it
Consolidating Partner spend through a 
high-quality supply base that provides 
excellent service, favourable pricing and 
rebates for our Partners generates revenue 
for Facilisgroup. The level of spend with our 
Preferred Suppliers is tracked monthly to 
demonstrate progress against this target. 

Comment
Spend through Preferred Suppliers increased 
by $110m in FY 22 to $460m, reflecting 
growth in GMV in addition to a higher 
proportion of spend going through Preferred 
Suppliers.

-

+

Why we measure it
Tracking the NPS provides an indication of 
the value our Partners place on us and 
assists with maintaining strong retention.

Comment
An NPS of 47 is regarded as a positive score 
by management. Feedback from Partners 
supports the business in setting its priorities 
with the aim of maintaining its high 
retention record. 

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

45

Key performance indicators

Group companies 
Brand Addition

Revenue analysis – Win, Grow, Retain, Repeat 

REVENUE £’m

92

98

73

117

102

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

REVENUE BY EXISTING AND 
NEW CLIENTS £’m

3

95

12
80

5

68

10
107

11

91

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

FY 18 

FY 19

FY 20

FY 21

FY 22

FY 18 

FY 19

FY 20

FY 21

FY 22

Why we measure it
Tracking revenue trends is key to 
understanding how Brand Addition is 
performing against its strategic goals. 

Comment
Revenue increased during 2022 driven by 
good client retention, combined with growth 
in new clients implemented in 2021 and 2022. 

Existing clients

New clients (in year and 1st full year contribution)

Why we measure it
Brand Addition has excellent levels of client 
retention providing the business with good 
visibility of revenues and future performance. 
Retaining and growing existing clients, while 
successfully implementing new business is 
fundamental to its growth strategy.

Comment
Growth in revenue from existing clients 
represents continued recovery in existing 
clients combined with strong retention. New 
business, including significant new clients 
contracted in 2022 and a full year 
contribution of clients implemented in 2021, 
was also strong.

REVENUE BY CLIENT 
CONCENTRATION%

41

15
44

34

14
52

27

14
1059

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

23

15

62

17
12
71

FY 18 

FY 19

FY 20

FY 21

FY 22

Top 10 clients  

11-20 clients

21+ clients

Why we measure it
Brand Addition tracks revenue by client 
concentration as continued success of 
these larger clients is central to delivering 
on our strategy of Win, Grow, Retain, 
Repeat. We also recognise the importance 
of not being over reliant on a small number 
of clients. 

Comment
The top 10 clients contributed 62% of total 
revenue in 2022 (71% in 2021). Management 
believes this concentration is valuable, with 
no one client contributing more than 11% 
of revenue. 

Revenue diversity – Strong sectors across multiple geographies

REVENUE BY CLIENT SECTOR %

REVENUE BY DESTINATION %

25%

22%

15%

22%

4%

9%

4%

8%

9%

FY 22

11%

FY 21

17%

16%

19%

26%

FY 22

FY 21

26%

17%

Engineering

Financial Services

20%

24%

16%

12%

Beauty

FMCG

Technology

Transport

Other

38%

40%

UK 

Europe 

US 

RoW

Why we measure it
Brand Addition works with clients across a wide range of sectors. 
This level of diversity provides protection against economic factors 
which may impact specific sectors.

Why we measure it
Brand Addition has a global client base and is well diversified across 
the world, providing resilience to market conditions that could 
affect specific geographies. 

Comment
The differences in the year reflects the change of mix of revenues 
between existing clients as well as the new clients won in 2021 and 2022.

Comment
Sales into Europe and the US increased relative to 2021, driven by 
growth in new clients in these geographies. 

46

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTChief Financial Officer’s review 

Another year of growth.

Claire Thomson
Chief Financial Officer (CFO)

£’m

Revenue

Gross profit

Gross profit margin

Adjusted EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

Share-based payment charge

Operating profit

Net finance costs

Profit before tax

Tax

Profit for the year

2022

134.0

52.7

39.3%

18.0

(6.5)

(1.3)

10.2

(0.5)

9.7

(2.1)

7.6

2021

115.1

42.0

36.5%

15.4

(4.8)

(0.7)

9.9

(0.6)

9.3

(2.0)

7.3

Weighted average number of 
shares

Adjusted Basic EPS

Basic EPS

167,450,893 167,450,893
5.14p

5.78p

4.55p

4.39p

Overview
FY 22 was another year of growth for the Group with both of 
its businesses trading strongly as we continued to execute on 
our stated strategy. Group revenue of £134.0m (FY 21: 
£115.1m) was 16% ahead of FY 21 and Adjusted EBITDA of 
£18.0m (FY 21: £15.4m) was 17% ahead. Operating profit was 
£10.2m (FY 21: £9.9m). The Group Board is pleased to 
announce the implementation of its dividend policy and is 
proposing a final dividend of 0.6 pence per share for FY 22, 
payable in June 2023.

The Group’s balance sheet remains strong and its liquidity 
position continues to be robust with cash balances of £6.8m at 
20 March 2023 and no amounts drawn down on the Company’s 
£10m committed revolving credit facility. 

Revenue
Group revenue for FY 22 was £134.0m (FY 21: £115.1m), growth 
of 16%. Facilisgroup total revenue was £16.6m (FY 21: £12.7m). 
This represents an increase of 31% in GBP and 17% in 
Facilisgroup’s home currency of USD.  ARR from Partner 
subscriptions for our technology and supplier contributions 
made up £3.3m of this increase. The growth being a 
combination of incremental Partner numbers and additional 
contributions from suppliers as both the volume and 
proportion of spend with Preferred Suppliers increased. 
Revenue in Brand Addition was £117.4m (FY 21: £102.4m) an 
increase of £15.0m. £6.8m of this increase comes from the 
growth in existing customers as working patterns stabilised 
compared with the disrupted years of 2020 and 2021. A 
further £8.2m of revenue growth was delivered by new client 
contracts won in FY 21 and FY 22.

Gross profit
Gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased during the 
year by 2.8 p.p.t to 39.3%. Of the total increase, 2.2 p.p.t 
relates the improvement in gross margins at Brand Addition as 
the business returned to its long-term target of ~ 30% as it 
did not suffer the increased costs associated with Brexit, 
freight rate pricing and freight capacity challenges that 
impacted the first half of FY 21. The balance of improvement 
reflects the increasing proportion of Facilisgroup as part of 
overall Group sales. This improvement is expected to continue 
as Facilisgroup scales.

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

47

Chief Financial Officer’s review

Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA for FY 22 was £18.0m (FY 21: £15.4m). The 
increase of £2.6m in FY 22 is made up as follows:
• Facilisgroup; £1.4m increase as incremental revenues were 

delivered at excellent EBITDA returns of 54% 
demonstrating the business’ ability to retain strong margins 
and scale revenue.

• Brand Addition;  £1.5m increase being the incremental 

profit from sales and margin growth less increased costs 
of additional headcount to support growth.

• Central costs; £0.3m cost increase in the year, £0.1m from 
salary increases and growth in the team, the balance being 
incremental travel and advisors’ fees.

Depreciation and amortisation
The total charge in the year was £6.5m (FY 21: £4.8m), of 
which £4.2m (FY 21: £2.8m) related to the amortisation of 
intangible assets. In accordance with IAS 38, the Group 
capitalises the costs incurred in the development of its 
software and the increase in the year is primarily a result of the 
Group’s stated decision to increase capital expenditure in its 
proprietary technology at Facilisgroup. 

Share based payments
The total charge for the year under IFRS 2 “Share-based 
payments” was £1.3m (FY 21: £0.7m). This charge related to the 
2020, 2021 and 2022 awards made under the 2019 Long Term 
Incentive Plan and Save As You Earn “SAYE” scheme. The 
increase over FY 21 arises as we have three awards and the 
2021 SAYE in issue for the first time. The charge for the year is 
now in line with the expected ongoing run rate. 

Operating profit
Operating profit for the year was £10.2m (FY 21: £9.9m) after 
charging incremental depreciation and amortisation of £1.7m. 
On prior year, the Group did not benefit from any material 
income in FY 22 for this investment. There is also an additional 
charge under IFRS 2 “share based payments”, as noted above.

Finance costs
Net costs of £0.5m in the year (FY 21: £0.6m) include interest 
on the utilisation of the Group’s committed RCF facility during 
the year of £0.1m (FY 21: £0.2m) and interest costs on leases 
capitalised in accordance with IFRS 16 of £0.4m (FY 21: £0.4m). 

Taxation
The total taxation charge was £2.1m (FY 21: £2.0m) giving rise 
to an effective rate of tax of 21.6% (FY 21: 21.5%). The effective 
rate of tax was higher than the UK standard rate of taxation as 
the proportion of profit earned by the Group in overseas 
jurisdictions where corporation tax rates are higher than those 
in the UK increased during the year. The Group is subject to 
taxes in the UK, Ireland, Germany, Turkey, USA, Canada, China 
and Hong Kong.

Earnings per share
The earnings per share analysis in note 10 covers both adjusted 
earnings per share (profit after tax before amortisation of 
acquired intangibles, share-based payments charge and 
exceptional items divided by the weighted average number of 
shares in issue during the year), and statutory earnings per 
share (profit attributable to equity holders divided by the 
weighted average number of shares in issue during the year). 
Adjusted earnings (profit after tax before amortisation of 
acquired intangibles, share-based payments charge and 
exceptional items) was £9.7m (FY 21: £8.6m) an increase in 
adjusted basic earnings per share of 0.64 pence per share. 
Basic earnings per share (profit attributable to equity holders 
divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue 
during the year) was 4.55 pence per share (FY 21: 4.39 pence 
per share) an increase of 0.16 pence per share. 

Dividends 
The Group Board has considered its position on dividend 
payments and concluded that the Group has reached an 
appropriate point to begin to implement a progressive 
dividend policy. In doing so, it is planned that the Group will 
move, in the medium-term, towards its stated position at IPO 
of making dividend payments of c.30% of profit after tax. As 
such, the Group Board is proposing the payment of a final 
dividend  of 0.6 pence per share for FY 22, a distribution 
totalling £1.0m. This will be paid on 2 June 2023, subject to 
shareholder approval, to those Shareholders on the register of 
members on 28 April 2023. The shares will trade ex-dividend 
on 27 April 2023.

48

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTCash flow
The Group had a cash balance of £15.1m at 31 December 
2022 (FY 21: £12.1m). 

Non-current assets 
Non-current assets are the most significant balance sheet 
category and comprise the following:

Cash flow for the year is set out below.

£’m

Adjusted EBITDA

Movement in working capital 

Capital expenditure 

Leases

Adjusted operating cash flow

Tax paid

Net finance cash flows

Exchange gain

Net cash flow

2022

18.0

(3.4)

(8.4)

(1.7)

4.5

(1.7)

(0.5)

0.7

3.0

2021

15.4

(2.8)

(5.3)

(1.4)

5.9

(0.5)

(0.6)

0.2

5.0

Adjusted operating cash flow 
Adjusted operating cash flow before tax payments and net 
finance costs reduced by £1.4m in the year to £4.5m. The 
reduction is after £2.8m incremental capital expenditure in 
the Facilisgroup technology stack as we invest in our 
technology to deliver our strategic objectives for this 
business. In addition, there is some investment in working 
capital to support continued sales growth at Brand 
Addition. This remains an important metric for the Group 
and is monitored consistently to ensure underlying cash flow 
remains sufficiently strong to underpin the short-term 
additional investment required to deliver the Group’s 
ambitious plans for growth. 

Balance Sheet and shareholders’ funds
Net assets increased in the year by £11.3m, the balance 
sheet is summarised below:

£’m

Non-current assets

Working capital

Cash

Lease liabilities

Other net liabilities

Net assets

2022

69.8

13.7

15.1

(9.1)

(3.9)

85.6

2021

63.9

9.5

12.1

(7.8)

(3.1)

74.6

£’m

Goodwill

Customer relationships

Software development costs

Property, Plant & Equipment

Deferred Tax assets

Non-current assets

2022

36.1

9.0

14.9

9.5

0.3

69.8

2021

35.8

8.6

11.3

7.9

0.3

63.9

Amounts classified as goodwill and customer relationships 
relate to historic acquisitions made by the Group. Software 
development costs, which include £5.1m investment in the 
year into Facilisgroup technology products arise from 
ongoing investment into Group proprietary software and in 
particular investment into the Facilisgroup technology stack 
to ensure that existing technology remains market leading 
and differentiated from our competitors alongside the 
development of new products that will deliver our medium-
term growth plans. The costs are capitalised in accordance 
with IAS 38 and amortised over the period which the Group 
expects to generate benefit from the development. As the 
Group continues to accelerate investment into its digital 
commerce platform for Facilisgroup, we expect this level of 
investment to continue in the short term. Property, Plant 
and Equipment primarily comprises the costs of Right of 
Use assets capitalised in accordance with IFRS 16 “Leases”. 

Working capital
Working capital of £13.7m is £4.2m higher than FY 21. The 
majority of the increase is due to Brand Addition and 
specifically inventory where there has been investment to 
support new business implemented during the year and 
inventory held at year end for customer specific promotions 
delivering in Q1 FY 23.

Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities of £9.1m (2021: £7.8m) relate to Group 
properties capitalised in accordance with IFRS 16. The 
increase in the year arose as the Group consolidated its 
European warehousing at a larger facility in Germany. 

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

49

Chief Financial Officer’s review

Other net liabilities 
Other net liabilities of £3.9m (FY 21: £3.1m) are net tax 
liabilities of which £2.9m (FY 21: £3.0m) is deferred tax in 
respect of the intangible assets of Facilisgroup. £1.7m (FY 21: 
£1.6m) relates to acquired customer relationships. The 
balance and increase in the year arising as a result of 
investments into technology products. These liabilities will 
reverse over the period that the assets are amortised.

Alternative Performance Measures “APM’s”
Throughout the Annual Report and related statements the 
Group has used a number of APM’s as key performance 
indicators in addition to those reported under IFRS. These 
are used to provide additional clarity to the Group’s 
underlying financial performance and are used internally by 
management to monitor business performance, in its 
budgeting and forecasting and also for determination of 
Directors’ and senior management remuneration. These 
APM’s are not defined under IFRS and, therefore, may not 
be directly comparable with adjusted measures presented 
by other companies. The non-GAAP measures are not 
intended to be a substitute for, or superior to any IFRS 
measures of performance. However, they are considered by 
management to be important measures used in the 
business for assessing performance. They have been 
consistently applied in all years presented. 

The following are key non-GAAP measures identified by the 
Group and used in the Strategic Review and Financial 
Statements. Where these are not reconciled to GAAP 
measures elsewhere in the Annual Report, a reconciliation 
is provided below.
Adjusted EBITDA which means operating profit before 
depreciation, amortisation, share-based payments charge 
and exceptional items. The reconciliation is disclosed in the 
consolidated income statement.

Adjusted operating profit which means operating profit 
before amortisation of acquired intangible assets, share-
based payments charge and exceptional items. See 
reconciliation below.
Adjusted profit before tax which means profit before tax, 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets, share-based 
payments charge and exceptional items. See reconciliation 
below.
Adjusted Earnings which means profit after tax before 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets, share-based 
payments charge and exceptional items. Refer to note 10 
for reconciliation.
Adjusted earnings per share which means Adjusted 
Earnings divided by a weighted average number of shares in 
issue. Refer to note 10 for reconciliation.
Adjusted operating cash flow which is calculated as 
Adjusted EBITDA less movements in working capital, capital 
expenditure and lease payments. See previous page for 
reconciliation.

Operating profit
Add back:

Amortisation charge on acquired 
intangible assets

Share-based payment charge

Adjusted operating profit

Profit before tax

Add back:

Amortisation charge on acquired 
intangible assets

Share-based payment charge

Adjusted profit before tax

2022 
£’000

10,223

1,420

1,253

12,896

2022 
£’000

9,703

1,420

1,253

12,376

2021 
£’000

9,866

894

715

11,475

2021 
£’000

9,317

894

715

10,926

Claire Thomson
Chief Financial Officer
21 March 2023

50

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk Management

Sound risk 
management. 

Our Values in action: 
Enjoying the 
journey

The Group Board is ultimately responsible for 
setting and approving risk appetite and ensuring 
that the Group maintains a sound risk 
management and internal control framework.

Risk management and internal control 
framework
The Audit Committee
The Group Board delegates responsibility to the Audit 
Committee to review and approve the Group’s risk profile 
and risk register twice per year. 

The Audit Committee considers the nature and extent of 
principal risks to the Group’s achievement of its strategic 
objectives any related opportunities and ensures that all 
have been identified with appropriate mitigating actions and 
controls in place. In 2022 this was formally extended to 
cover oversight of climate related risks and opportunities to 
align the Group’s risk management processes with TCFD 
requirements (see more below). 

The Audit Committee also reviews internal controls and 
considers reports from the Group’s management on the 
effectiveness and integrity of the Group’s internal control 
and risk management systems. The Committee is updated 
by the Group CFO and the Group Financial Controller on 
progress against the Group’s internal audit and risk plan and, 
on an annual basis, it considers whether there is a need for 
a separate internal audit function. 

When satisfied, the Audit Committee approves the Group’s 
risk register and internal controls and recommends these to 
the Group Board for approval.

Group Executive Committee and Operating Boards
Risk identification and monitoring is an ongoing iterative 
process which facilitates the early identification and 
escalation of risks. The Group has strong governance and 
communication structures in place which ensure that such 
risks are actively managed and mitigated. 

The Group Executive Committee includes ‘Risk Management 
and Compliance’ as a monthly standing agenda item for 
discussion between the Executive Directors, the Divisional 
Leads of each of Facilisgroup and Brand Addition and the 
other senior executives on the Committee. This includes 
escalation by the Divisional Leads of any actual or potential 
risks that have occurred or been identified since the previous 
meeting and a discussion and review of any required 

amendments to internal controls. Risk and compliance 
related policies and procedures are also reviewed and 
discussed in that forum prior to presentation to the Audit 
Committee and/or Group Board for annual approval.

The Operating Boards of Facilisgroup and Brand Addition 
meet monthly and maintain their own risk registers, which are 
reviewed and reconciled against the Group’s risk register 
twice per year in advance of review by the Audit Committee, 
as described above. In 2022, each were also expanded to 
encapsulate climate related risks and opportunities. Each 
Operating Board meeting has ‘Risk Management’ as a standing 
agenda item, whereby the lead for each key function 
addresses the significant risks relevant to their area, including 
potential horizon risks and those identified below.

Through this risk management framework, the Group Board 
drives effective risk management practices and processes 
that, in turn, drive effective decision-making throughout 
the Group.

Risk Management Framework

Group Board

Audit  
Committee

Group Executive Committee

Operating Board 
Facilisgroup

Operating Board 
Brand Addition

Risk and Compliance

Operating Risk Register

Group Risk Register

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

51

Risk Management

Evolution of the risk management framework 
and TCFD
Across the Group we continue to review and evolve our risk 
management framework to ensure it reflects best practice. 
In support of the work performed internally, in 2022 we 
obtained external advice to validate the Group’s risk register 
approach and have taken steps to implement the 
recommendations made. 

During 2022, each of Brand Addition and Facilisgroup 
implemented annual testing of the risk controls noted in 
their respective risk registers to ensure their accurate 
implementation and effectiveness. 

To align with TCFD requirements, during 2022, the Group 
reviewed and evaluated the physical and transitional climate 
related risks and opportunities faced over the short, 
medium and long-term, considering different climate 
related scenarios. This review was integrated into the 
Group’s overall risk management framework by: (i) the 
extension in scope of the Group’s risk registers to 
encapsulate these risks and opportunities and the bi-annual 
review thereof; (ii) reflection in the Group’s new 
Environmental and Climate Change Policy; and (iii) by 
amendment of the Audit Committee’s terms of reference to 

reflect that ESG and climate related risks and opportunities 
must form part of overall Group risk profile review.

Further information can be found on pages 42-43 in the 
ESG section of this report and also in our 2022 ESG report 
which can be found on the Company’s website. 

Risk Ownership
To ensure effective and accountable management of 
individual risks, each risk identified on the Group’s risk 
register is assigned to a named risk owner at Director level. 
The risk owner has the ultimate responsibility for the 
ongoing monitoring, review and mitigation of individual risks. 
Either the CEO or the CFO is assigned as the risk owner for 
each risk on the Group’s risk register. 

Key risks
The items referred to below are regarded as the key risks 
for the Group. These are not the only risks that could affect 
Group performance but, in the opinion of the Group Board, 
are those which are currently the most significant and 
specific to the Group’s businesses. 

The following heatmap illustrates the Group’s rating of key 
risks, relative to one another:

1

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k

i

L

9

4

5

2

8

6

7

3

Impact Severity

52

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

Breach of IT security or 
cyber-attack

Reliance on IT systems

Pandemic related 
disruption

Concentrated client 
base

Interruption to 
warehouse operations

Macroeconomic 
environment

Attracting and retaining 
key personnel

Technological change

Climate change

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

STRATEGIC REPORTSummary of key risks

Risk and potential impacts

Mitigating activities

1. Breach of IT security or cyber‑attack 
Breach of IT security or cyber-attack 

All Group employees are provided with IT security training.

The incidence and sophistication of cyber security 
threats and breaches continues to increase, affecting 
businesses across the globe.

IT Security breaches, computer malware and other 
cyber-attacks could result in loss or compromise of data, 
and significant disruption to operations. In turn, this could 
lead to a loss of business for the Group, affecting the 
Group’s ability to achieve its financial targets. 

Furthermore, such incidents could give rise to a potential 
liability through litigation and may damage the Group’s 
reputation with clients, resulting in a loss of goodwill.

2. Reliance on IT systems
The Group’s IT platforms and infrastructure are 
critical to its effective operation. 

A prolonged unavailability or disruption of IT systems 
could therefore impact the Group’s ability to deliver 
its goods and services, thereby affecting its 
reputation and its ability to meet its financial targets.

3. Pandemic related disruption
The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Brand 
Addition business was managed well and reduced in 
2021 and, further again, in 2022.

Nevertheless, in the longer term, the Group must be 
prepared for the potential impact of new pandemic 
outbreaks. Such outbreaks pose a risk to demand for 
the Group’s products and services, which could 
affect the Group’s financial targets. 

The Group employs personnel dedicated to IT security within its 
businesses. It monitors cybersecurity trends and continuously 
identifies and implements new processes, systems and technologies 
– including Artificial Intelligence technologies – to mitigate the 
likelihood of a successful breach of its IT security.

Disaster recovery plans and crisis management procedures are in 
place to enable any IT security incidents to be handled efficiently and 
appropriately, to ensure the business is able to recover with limited 
interruption.

Change to risk
No change

The Group has an experienced and skilled IT team, who are supported 
by external consultants, where necessary. The IT teams constantly 
monitor the availability and performance of core IT systems.

Robust disaster recovery and business continuity procedures are 
monitored and updated regularly by both the IT and operations teams.

Change to risk
No change

The Group has a proven ability to react swiftly in response to a 
pandemic and manage its flexible cost base to remain profitable 
and cash generative. The experience and know-how gained in 
dealing with such period of disruption has put the business in a 
stronger position to handle any future pandemics.

The Group’s differentiated positions in the industry and established 
client and Partner relationships position it well to endure a period of 
pandemic related disruption and return to growth quickly.

The Group has a strong balance sheet, effective working capital 
disciplines, is cash generative and has access to a £10m revolving 
credit facility. 

Change to risk
No change

4. Concentrated client base
Brand Addition’s core strategy is to win, grow, and 
retain multi-country outsourced contracts, as 
further detailed on pages 10-11 of this report.

However, Brand Addition has a relatively small 
number of key clients and in FY 22 generated 54% of 
Group revenue from the top 10 clients. 

A loss, or significant reduction, in activity from major 
clients could affect the Group’s financial targets.

Facilisgroup’s diversified customer base and 44% share of FY 22 
Group Adjusted EBITDA, means that the impact of the loss of a key 
Brand Addition client on Group Adjusted EBITDA would be much 
reduced. 

In addition, delivery of Brand Addition’s strategic objective of 
continued growth through new client acquisition would dilute the 
impact of the loss of a client on the overall Group Adjusted EBITDA.

Change to risk 
No change

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

53

Risk Management

Risk and potential impacts

Mitigating activities

5. Interruption to warehouse operations
The Group’s warehouses receive, store and dispatch large 
volumes of products internationally.

Any significant interruption in the Group’s warehouse 
operations (for example, due to fire or other catastrophic 
events, workforce disputes or shipping disruptions) could 
reduce the Group’s ability to receive and process orders 
and provide products to its clients. This could result in loss 
or cancellation of sales and a loss of customer loyalty which 
could affect the Group’s financial targets.

The Group maintains business interruption and property insurance.

Its warehouse locations span several geographic regions, 
reducing the likelihood of multiple warehouses being affected 
by the same event simultaneously. The business is also able to 
divert supply across its infrastructure should an incident arise 
in a single location.

The Group has business continuity and disaster recovery plans in 
place for each of its warehouses, which are tested regularly.

Warehousing operations handle approximately 36% of Group 
revenues, which diversifies the risk should there be an 
interruption to their operation. 

Facilisgroup does not have, and its revenues are not reliant on, 
warehouse operations.

Change to risk
No change

6. Macroeconomic environment
There remains a degree of macroeconomic uncertainty. 
This uncertainty is due to a number of factors, including 
the ongoing conflict in Ukraine and the recent rises in 
interest rates, raw material prices and energy costs. 

Whilst the risk of global economic downturn remains 
relatively high, the Group believes that the risk it faces is 
now more sector specific than the general sentiment 
faced in FY 21. As such, due the Group’s diversity of both 
geography and sector, it has reduced its assessment of 
overall risk compared with FY 21.

An economic downturn could impact demand for the 
Group’s products and services and Brand Addition’s gross 
margins, thereby affecting the Group’s ability to meet its 
financial targets.

The Group has previously proven its ability to maintain 
profitability and cash generation despite reduced demand and 
periods of global supply chain disruption. 

In the event of an economic downturn, Facilisgroup’s 
subscription-based technology platform insulates that 
business from any initial shock, and revenues in the year of 
impact would be largely unaffected. 

The diversification of Brand Addition revenues across 
geographies and sectors provides some protection against the 
impact of a reduction in demand and the flexibility of the 
operating model below gross margin gives the business the 
ability to protect profits. 

Both businesses are cash generative, with the underlying client 
base in Brand Addition resulting in a high-quality balance sheet.

Change to risk
Decreased

7. Retaining and attracting key personnel
Attraction and retention of experienced and skilled 
personnel is critical to achieving the organic growth plans set 
out on page 17 of this report. 

Whilst inflationary pressures on wages remained in FY 22, the 
Group experienced improved availability of skilled labour 
compared with FY 21.

A failure to attract and retain high quality personnel could 
impact on the Group’s ability to service our clients and grow 
our businesses. This could also adversely impact on the 
workloads and morale of existing staff that remain, leading to 
increased resource turnover and reduced productivity and 
engagement.

54

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

We value our people highly. 

We continually develop and invest in our highly talented and 
dedicated people in order to maintain an engaged workforce, as 
explained further in the Stakeholder Engagement section of this 
report on pages 18-25.

We offer competitive compensation packages that are reviewed 
regularly and we routinely survey our employees to monitor 
employee engagement levels and identify opportunities for 
further improvement.

Attrition rates across sites and geographies are monitored monthly 
to enable mitigating actions to be taken quickly if necessary.

Change to risk 
Decreased

STRATEGIC REPORTRisk and potential impacts

Mitigating activities

8. Technological change
As technology changes quickly, there is a risk that the Group’s 
current competitors and/or new entrants to the promotional 
products market may introduce new technologies, products 
or services, which challenge the functionality or capability of 
the Group’s offerings.

If the Group is unable to promptly respond to technological 
changes, or encounters material delay in introducing new 
products or services, it may be at a significant disadvantage to 
its key competitors. 

This could damage the Group’s reputation with clients and 
Partners, resulting in a loss of goodwill, and affect the Group’s 
ability to meet its financial targets.

The Group strives to continually enhance its existing products 
and services. 

The Group maintains strong business relationships with its 
clients and Partners, obtaining feedback and continually 
enhancing its offerings to meet customer needs and respond 
to technological changes.

The Group monitors the market for potential acquisition 
targets whilst continuing to invest in its technology and IT 
capabilities. 

Change to risk
Increased

9. Climate change
Climate change presents a number of risks to the business, 
which are further analysed in our annual ESG report (available 
on the Company’s website). 

Risks of extreme weather events (such as floods, droughts and 
storms) could directly affect the Group’s infrastructure, 
operations and supply chain. 

The transition to a low-carbon economy and increased 
compliance and tax regimes could result in increased costs for 
the Group. In particular, the Group’s supply chain and suppliers 
may be exposed to increased operational costs, product costs 
and/or distribution costs arising from mitigation efforts, 
increased regulatory compliance and carbon taxes. 

Although none of the identified risks have been assessed 
as likely to have a direct material financial impact on our 
business, the Group accepts its duty to meaningfully 
address the challenges of tackling climate change and to 
minimise our impact on the environment. 

Our actions and commitments are set out in the ESG 
section of this report on pages 31-43 and also in our 
annual ESG report, which is on the Company’s website. 

The risk of supply chain disruption is minimised through 
the Group’s diverse supply chain, which allows it to adapt 
quickly. The Group also maintains alternative supplier 
relationships for each key product category. 

Customer preferences and concerns will increase demand for 
wider ranges of low-carbon, sustainable products, services 
and delivery options that may be difficult to identify and 
source. A failure to proactively rise to this challenge could 
negatively impact customer demand, retention and the 
Group’s ability to meet its financial targets.

Any heightened risk of disruption in Brand Addition’s 
direct supply chain due to natural disasters and/or 
political or social unrest, would be identified through its 
supplier evaluation process. In such an instance, Brand 
Addition would select an alternative supplier (with 
reduced risk exposure). 

Change to risk
No change

The Strategic Report (which includes an introduction to the Promotional Products industry, the Group’s strategy and vision, 
our investment case, the business models of each of our businesses, the Chair’s report, the CEO’s review, our strategy in 
action, our Employee and Other Stakeholder Engagement, the Section 172(1) Statement, ESG overview, key performance 
indicators, the Group’s financial review and risk management) was approved by the Group Board and signed on its behalf by:

Christopher Lee
CEO 
21 March 2023

The Pebble Group plc  Annual Report 2022

55

Chair’s Introduction to Governance

Maintaining credibility and 
accountability.

The Group Board places a high priority on 
effective corporate governance. We see 
principles of good governance not just as a set of 
guidelines, but as a way of establishing our 
credibility and accountability. This makes us a 
better business with strong internal controls that 
deliver medium to long‑term value, whilst 
meeting stakeholder expectations around 
leadership and oversight. As Chair of the Group 
Board, I am responsible for corporate 
governance within the Group, and I work with 
our Board and Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary to build upon and enhance 
our sound corporate governance grounding.
Our Group values reflect our corporate governance strategy 
by highlighting our culture of integrity, transparency and 
fairness. Focus in our values on learning and growing applies 
to our governance approach with our ongoing commitment 
to review the continued effective operation of the Group 
Board and its Committees and their oversight; and, 
updating our governance framework in response to: 
(i) changes in our businesses as we grow; (ii) changes in 
official standards; (iii) developments in best practice 
guidance; and (iv) our stakeholders’ expectations. You can 
find more about our values on page 1.

We are focused on ensuring that the governance we 
introduce is not only aligned with best practice but reflects 
feedback from our stakeholders and is designed in a 
meaningful way to fit with our culture and way of working. 

We strategically engage with experts where doing so will 
enhance our governance approach, for example, through 
our ongoing appointment of remuneration advisors in 
relation to Executive remuneration, and the consultancy 
support sought on DEI policy and approach. 

During 2022 time was dedicated to: 
• integration of TCFD requirements into our ESG strategy 

and risk management framework; 

• further adoption of new Group policies including our 

Framework on Conduct, Ethics and Compliance seen as an 
important tool to cascade the Board’s culture and 
expected standards and to empower employees; 
• reviewing the quality of contribution, debate and 

decision-making at Board and Committee meetings; 

Richard Law
Chair and Independent  
Non-executive Director 

Governance Highlights 
• Winner of AIM Corporate Governance 

Award 2022

• TCFD recommendations integrated into 

ESG strategy

• Group Board attendance at the 

Facilisgroup Partner Summit and Supplier 
Showcase 2022

• Adoption of Group Framework on 
Conduct, Ethics and Compliance
• New Group Policies implemented
• Refresh and update of Share Dealing 

processes

• Whistleblowing portal update and 

enhancement

Our Values in action: 
Always learning 
and growing

56

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022• reviewing and developing specific governance initiatives, 

for example on share dealing and Market Abuse Regulation 
(MAR) compliance, access to our whistleblowing portal and 
further development of succession planning;

• reviewing Board structure, size and composition; 
• developing testing of risk management controls; and
• updating Board and Committee terms of reference. 
The Pebble Group team was delighted to receive the AIM 
Corporate Governance Award 2022 which recognised the 
efforts made by businesses who go beyond minimum 
requirements and demonstrate effective corporate 
governance, ensuring engagement with all stakeholders, the 
maintenance of key governance topics and effective 
integration of ESG responsibilities. 

We are proud of the work we have done and continue to do 
to enhance our corporate governance to support our 
business strategy and medium to long-term goals in a 
meaningful way. Our commitment to continuing to evolve in 
these matters brings excitement for our future.

Lucy Penfold (Group General Counsel & Company Secretary - third 
from right) and Kirsten Motyl (Senior ESG Officer - fourth from right) 
collecting the AIM Corporate Governance Award 2022 on behalf of 
the Group
Our Group Board members have extensive experience and 
are professionally active in roles other than at The Pebble 
Group. They are provided with a regular ‘Boardroom 
Briefing’ covering a range of corporate governance issues, 
such as: reports on corporate culture; recent cases on 
directors and their responsibilities; and updates on 
executive remuneration, ESG or climate related issues and 
disclosure requirements. The Group Board is also given the 
opportunity to keep in touch with relevant developments 
through appropriate seminars and formal external training 
courses to ensure the continued development of 
knowledge, skill and capability. 

Our Values in action: 
Enjoying the 
journey

In 2022, the Group Board attended the Facilisgroup Partner 
Summit and Supplier Showcase in person in the US, where 
the Directors spent time over four days with the team, its 
Partners and Preferred Suppliers. This was an opportunity 
for the Group Board to develop a deeper knowledge and 
understanding of the Group’s businesses and the industry in 
which they operate. 

As a Board we aim to lead by example, to be authentic, 
to embrace our values and to create an open and honest 
environment, because we believe this establishes and 
evolves effective risk management and decision-making at 
all levels of our organisation. The Group Board sees this as a 
key differentiator and has observed how this serves to build 
trust with our clients and suppliers and allows us to retain 
high-performing staff. 

In adhering to these principles, the Company has applied 
the Corporate Governance Code for Small and Mid-Size 
Quoted Companies 2018 published by the Quoted 
Companies Alliance (the ‘QCA Code’) and I believe that we 
are in full compliance with this, which serves to mitigate and 
minimise risk and add value to our businesses. 

This section of the Annual Report outlines how we have 
applied the principles of the QCA code during the year and 
we take this opportunity to share with you the initiatives 
and activities that took place during 2022 to ensure a strong 
and open dialogue with our shareholders, particularly 
around how the Company is performing, to ensure that the 
Group Board remains a well-functioning and balanced team 
with the right skillset, and to enhance our governance 
structures to ensure that they remain fit for purpose and 
support good decision-making.

We will continue to review and update our governance 
framework and our approach as the Company continues to 
grow and will update the Corporate Governance statement 
in the AIM rule 26 section of the Company’s website. 
Additional information is contained in our Section 172(1) 
statement on pages 22-25.

Richard Law
Chair
21 March 2023

57

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Our Governance Structure 

The Group Board 
Structure and composition
The Chair of the Group Board is separate to, and 
independent of, the Chief Executive and each has clearly 
defined responsibilities. These, along with the terms of 
reference for all of the Committees of the Group Board, can 
be found in the Investors section of the Company’s website.

The Group Board comprises of five Directors: 

GROUP BOARD COMPOSITION

2

1

2

Executive 

Independent 
Non-executive

Independent 
Non-executive 
Chair

2 x Executive Directors

3 x Independent  
Non-executive Directors

Christopher Lee (Group CEO) 

Richard Law (Chair)

Claire Thomson (Group CFO)

Yvonne Monaghan (Senior 
Independent Director)

Stuart Warriner

The Group Board believes that this combination ensures a 
clear balance of responsibilities between the executive and 
the non-executive functions, that no individual (or small 
group of individuals) can dominate the Group Board’s 
decision-making and that independent challenge is offered 
in the process of decision-making. 

Board decisions are also supported by independent third 
party advice and challenge, where relevant. For example, by 
the involvement of our NOMAD, broker and Executive 
remuneration consultants.

The Group Board has a good gender balance as it comprises 
of three male and two female Directors. In addition, its 
extensive range of skills and experience supports delivery of 
the Group’s strategy for the benefit of shareholders over 
the medium to long-term. Further details can be found in 
the biographies on pages 74-75. 

58

Both the Chair and Senior Independent Director are 
available to speak with shareholders to discuss governance 
or any other topic related to the Group that is important to 
them. You can send a meeting request to: 
investors@thepebblegroup.com to arrange this.

Engagement with the business and teams
The entire Group Board attended the Facilisgroup Partner 
Summit and Supplier Showcase in the US in June 2022 
where all of the Directors spent time with the Facilisgroup 
Operating Board and broader team, its key Partners and its 
Preferred Suppliers. Our Directors also had the opportunity 
to participate in workshops led by employees, with Partners 
on subjects such as client experience, supplier 
partnerships, culture, marketing and emerging trends, and 
also attended presentations on technology and ESG. 

Our Executive Directors’ have regular engagement with the 
business and contact/dialogue with the teams and other 
key stakeholders.  During the year, this included:
• CEO meeting key clients as part of relationship 

management on site at Brand Addition

• CEO participation in Brand Addition key client pitch and 

client pricing meetings 

• CEO attendance at Brand Addition hosted key supplier 

event

• CEO involvement in analysis of Facilisgroup Partner survey 

results

• CEO attendance at Facilisgroup Partner meetings to 

receive first hand Commercio feedback  

• CFO approval of all key legal agreements within Brand 

Addition 

• Executive Directors involvement in Facilisgroup Partner 

pricing strategy setting  

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022In addition, the Chair spent time with Brand Addition and 
Facilisgroup teams in both the UK and US to ensure direct 
engagement on key areas.

Board Agenda
Throughout the year, the Board covered a broad range of 
topics to ensure that it reviewed and challenged matters of 
importance to our stakeholders. In setting the annual 
agenda, the Board considered the required number of 
Board meetings and the appropriate balance between 
strategy setting, financial and operational execution and 
governance. The following was felt to create an appropriate 
balance:

Standing agenda items at each meeting:
• Minutes/matters arising/minutes for noting
• CEO business trading and operational update
• CEO corporate activities update, including on investor 

relations activity

• CFO financial performance update
• Health, safety and well-being report
Additional matters covered during the year:
• Preliminary Announcement, Annual Report and Interim 
Report and related work, for example going concern

• ESG report approval
• Annual Strategy setting meeting (to include ESG strategy)
• Half-year strategy review (to include ESG)
• Modern Slavery Statement approval
• Biannual risk register and related work, for example on 

internal controls

• AGM matters for example reappointment of auditors and 

Directors for re-election

• Annual review of risk and control processes around crisis 

management and IT/cyber security

• Board effectiveness review
• Succession planning 
• Budget approval
• Group policies approval 
• Group insurance approval
• Matters reserved and Committee terms of reference 

approval

In 2023, a new Group Board standing agenda item has been 
added on, unlocking and delivering shareholder value.

Attendance
Our Group General Counsel and Company Secretary 
attends all meetings from a governance perspective and our 
Group Financial Controller also attends from a finance 
perspective, along with our Senior ESG Officer attending 
biannually to present on ESG strategy and provide updates 
to the Board.

To facilitate contact between the Board and the business, 
members of each business, including each Divisional Lead, 
attended meetings and/or presented to the Board during 
the year on key topics of interest.

Our nominated advisor (NOMAD) presents to the Board 
annually to provide a training update on directors’ duties, 
AIM Rules and Market Abuse Regulation. 

Our broker attended and presented an overview of market 
sentiment and activity and to provide feedback to the 
Board on Company analysis.

Operating Boards and Group Executive 
Committee 
Structure and composition 
Each Group business has an established Operating Board 
which meets monthly with its own standing agenda that 
includes business updates from the heads of all key functions 
and risk monitoring. Each Operating Board is led by a 
Divisional Lead, being Ashley McCune (President, Facilisgroup) 
and Karl Whiteside (Group MD, Brand Addition). For further 
details please see their biographies on page 76.

Each Divisional Lead together with other key members of 
their Operating Boards formally report to the Group CEO 
on trading and performance during Executive Monthly 
Meetings, and also through the Divisional Lead’s 
membership of the Group Executive Committee.

In 2022, the Group Executive Committee was made up of 
the Executive Directors of the Company, the Divisional Lead 
for each of Facilisgroup and Brand Addition, the Group 
Financial Controller, the Group Senior ESG Officer and the 
Group General Counsel and Company Secretary. In 2023, 
a new Group Head of Tax joined the Committee. It meets 
frequently, has its own terms of reference in place and a 
standing agenda to include:
• Minutes/matters arising
• Business updates
• Planned reporting dates and key messages
• Key financials and other deliverables
• Risk management and compliance

59

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Our Governance Structure 

• ESG updates, which in 2022 covered topics such as 

climate risk assessment, Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) 
alignment, Gaia ESG Scoring, succession planning, share 
dealing procedures, and whistleblowing.

In 2023, feedback from last Group Board/Committee 
meeting(s) has been added as a new Group Executive 
Committee standing agenda item.

The Committee facilitates the flow of information 
throughout the Group to ensure the alignment of culture, 
business ethics and standards and consistent good 
governance across divisions to deliver value for 
shareholders as a whole over the medium to long-term. 

Our Governance Structure

Chair of Group Board - Richard Law

Group Board - The Pebble Group plc

Audit  
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

CEO  
Chris Lee

Facilisgroup 
Executive Monthly 
Meeting

Group Executive 
Committee

Brand Addition 
Executive Monthly 
Meeting

Divisional Lead 
Ashley McCune

Divisional Lead  
Karl Whiteside

Operating Board 
Facilisgroup

Operating Board 
Brand Addition

Environmental, Social, and Governance

Risk and Compliance

Diversity, Equity & Inclusion

60

The Operating Boards typically meet prior to the Group 
Executive Committee meetings, which is before the Group 
Board meetings. This enables the Executive Directors to 
provide the most up to date information possible to the 
Group Board.

ESG governance 
The Group Board sets and approves Group ESG strategy 
and reviews and approves the Group’s ESG report prior to 
publication, following consultation with the Group Senior 
ESG Officer and Group General Counsel and Company 
Secretary. The Group Board reviews progress against ESG 
strategy every six months as part of the Group Board’s 
strategy review meeting.

The Group Executive Committee includes an ESG update as 
a monthly standing agenda item and ensures regular 
communication and discussion of ESG strategy and progress 
with the Divisional Leads and other members of the 
Committee. 

Each Operating Board, led by their Divisional Leads, 
is responsible for the implementation of the ESG strategy. 
Each business has flexibility to develop its own ESG focus, 
policies and initiatives, defining their own objectives. 

The Senior ESG Officer holds meetings with each business 
every two months as a minimum to discuss progress against 
agreed non-financial objectives related to energy usage, 
carbon emissions and roll-out, training and adherence 
to polices. 

Through this governance structure, the Group Board 
perpetuates an open, honest environment and its view of 
the right ethical culture, to drive effective risk management, 
governance practices and processes and effective decision-
making at all levels of the Group.

Group Board Committees
The Audit Committee
The Audit Committee, chaired by Yvonne Monaghan, has 
primary responsibility for monitoring the integrity of the 
financial statements of the Group and the scope, adequacy 
and effectiveness of the Group’s internal financial controls 
and internal control and risk management systems. This is to 
ensure that the financial performance and prospects of the 
Group are properly measured and reported on. The Audit 
Committee receives reports from the Group’s management 
and external auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), 
relating to the annual accounts and the accounting and 
internal control environment in operation throughout the 
Group. The Audit Committee determines and reviews the 
Group’s risk profile, including the nature and extent of 
significant risks that the Group is willing to take in achieving 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022necessary, external selection consultants in support of this 
responsibility. The Nomination Committee reports to the 
Group Board on all these matters and typically meets three 
times in each financial year. Yvonne Monaghan and Stuart 
Warriner are the other members of the Nomination 
Committee. Further information can be found in the 
Nomination Committee Report on pages 62-64.

its strategic objectives. Additional information on risk profile 
can be found on pages 51-55. The Audit Committee also 
provides channels of communication between the external 
auditors and the Non-executive Directors. It reviews the 
performance of the external auditors and makes 
recommendations to the Group Board in relation to their 
reappointment. The Audit Committee reports to the Group 
Board on all these matters and typically meets three times in 
each financial year. Richard Law and Stuart Warriner are the 
other members of the Audit Committee. Further information 
can be found in the Audit Committee Report on pages 77-80.

The Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee, chaired by Stuart Warriner, 
has primary responsibility to determine the total individual 
remuneration packages of the Executive Directors to ensure 
that they are, in a fair and responsible manner, rewarded for 
their individual contributions to the Group’s overall 
performance. The Remuneration Committee also monitors 
and makes recommendations to the Group Board on the 
level and structure of senior executive’s remuneration. The 
Remuneration Committee will retain, as necessary, external 
remuneration consultants in support of its responsibilities. 
The Remuneration Committee reports to the Group Board 
on all these matters and will meet as and when necessary, 
but typically four times in each financial year. In exercising 
this role, the members of the Remuneration Committee 
have regard to QCA Code recommendations and, where 
appropriate, the QCA Remuneration Committee Guide. The 
remuneration of Non-executive Directors is a matter for the 
Chair and the Executive Directors and no director shall be 
involved in any decisions as to his or her own remuneration. 
Richard Law and Yvonne Monaghan are the other members 
of the Remuneration Committee. Further information can 
be found in the Remuneration Committee Report on 
pages 81-89.

The Nomination Committee 
The Nomination Committee chaired by Richard Law has 
responsibility to identify and nominate for the approval of 
the Board, candidates to fill Board vacancies as and when 
they arise. In respect of new appointments, the Committee 
will undertake an evaluation of the balance of skills, 
experience, independence and knowledge on the existing 
Board and, in light of this evaluation prepare a detailed 
description of the role, candidate profile and capabilities 
required for the particular appointment. There were no 
Board vacancies in 2022. The Committee also reviews the 
structure, size, diversity and composition of the Board and 
makes recommendations concerning the annual 
reappointment of Directors and identification and 
nomination of new Directors. The Committee will retain, as 

61

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Nomination Committee Report

Ensuring a high performing 
Group Board.

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present our first standalone Nomination 
Committee Report for the year ended 31 December 2022. 

Composition and experience of the Nomination 
Committee
I am Chair of the Committee which is made up of all three 
independent Non-executive Directors (Stuart Warriner, 
Yvonne Monaghan and myself) and is supported by Lucy 
Penfold as Company Secretary. The Committee meets three 
times per year and the meetings are attended by the CEO 
and CFO. In 2022 all three meetings had full Committee 
attendance. 

Responsibilities of the Nomination Committee
Throughout the year, the Committee continued to fulfil its 
duties, as applicable, on behalf of the Group Board. It has 
an established, structured agenda and the responsibilities of 
the Committee are defined by the terms of reference 
which can be viewed on the Company’s website. These 
include primary responsibility for:
• leading the process for board appointments as and when 
they arise and making recommendations to the Group 
Board;

• leading on, and being responsible for, the Group’s diversity, 
equity and inclusion (DEI) policy, objectives and strategies;

• regular review of the structure, size and composition 

(including diversity and the skills, knowledge and 
experience) required of the Group Board;

• oversight of succession planning for the Group Board and 

senior executives;

• identifying, and nominating for the approval of the Group 
Board, candidates to fill Group Board vacancies as and 
when they arise;

• before an appointment is made by the Board, evaluating 
the diversity, balance of skills, knowledge, experience 
(including experience of the AIM Rules for Companies 
and/or previous experience of listed companies if 
appropriate) and independence on the Board; and

• reviewing annually the time required from Non-executive 

Directors.

The Nomination Committee reports to the Group Board on 
all these matters. 

Richard Law
Nomination Committee Chair 
Independent Non-executive Director

62

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Evaluation of the effectiveness of the Nomination 
Committee
To ensure that it is operating at maximum effectiveness, 
the Committee used output from the formal Group Board 
Effectiveness review detailed on page 71 to review and 
evaluate its own performance and constitution during 
Q4 22. It concluded that the Committee was operating 
effectively, and no action or changes were required to be 
recommended to the Group Board. The annual review of 
the Committee’s Terms of Reference resulted in the 
amendment of the terms to formally add responsibility for 
the Group’s DEI policy, objectives and strategies. Updated 
terms of reference were approved by the Group Board and 
are available on the Company’s website. 

I am pleased with the progress made over 2022 in all 
Committee matters, as follows:

(i) Succession planning and internal talent 
management 
• Further development of a formal approach and addition of 

‘in case of emergency’ cover for each role, alongside 
permanent successors

• Ensuring that succession plans were being developed and 

maintained

• Reviewing implementation status and making 

recommendations for prioritisation and greater emphasis 
during 2023, including internal activity aimed at cultivating 
a diverse talent pipeline of future leaders; and external 
activity around active networking and investing in 
relationships with organisations and recruiters with shared 
DEI objectives and approach

The Committee satisfied itself that initial stage succession 
plans were in place at Operating Board level, in addition to 
Group Board and Group senior management. It further 
ensured that development programmes and/or coaching for 
key Group Senior Executives, remained on the agenda.

(ii) Non-executive Director Skills Matrix 
• Evolution of the matrix to show existing and 

forward-looking skills coverage at a more granular level 
and in more areas on the technology front

This highlighted a potential need for specific technical skills 
around ‘Digital technologies and SaaS’ at Board level and 
instigated further activity in this area, to assess the need in 
more detail and possible actions with external advisors.

(iii) Board Appointment Process
• Minor updates to documented formal Board Appointment 

Process

The Committee satisfied itself that the process remained 
rigorous and transparent and was designed to work 
hand-in-hand with the Group’s DEI policy. In Q1 2023, upon 
the Committee’s recommendation, an equivalent process 
was documented for Group Senior Executives and 
Operating Board level.

(iv) Review of Board Structure, Size, Diversity and 
Composition 
• Oversight of engagement of short-term Board technology 

consultant

• ‘Needs Analysis’ conducted by Committee Chair to seek 

stakeholder input on low ‘technical’ skills coverage around 
‘Digital technologies and SaaS’ as identified by the 
Non-executive Director Skills Matrix

(v) Group Board Effectiveness Review
• Assessment of how the formal review could be developed 

or improved

• On process – consideration of options, concluding that the 
current process remained appropriate and effective given 
the size, nature and complexity of the Board

• On assessment criteria – evaluation of sufficient linkage 
with the Group’s needs and objectives and coverage of 
stakeholder interests, concluding that the current 
assessment evaluation topics and criteria reflected the 
right priorities and areas of stakeholder interest

The Committee satisfied itself that the current review format 
remained fit for purpose and initiated the review to 
commence in Q4 2022. Please see page 71 for further details.

(vi) Non-executive Director re-appointment – The 
initial three-year term for each Non-executive Director 
expired November 2022. 
• Consideration of the independence of character and 

judgement of each Non-executive Director 

• Review of performance of each Non-executive Director, 

having regard to the Skills Matrix and skills required 
generally

• Consideration of potential conflicts of interest, external 

appointments and time availability, together with possible 
‘overboarding’ issues

63

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Nomination Committee Report

The Group Board considered the DEI Review by the 
Nomination Committee and noted that this, together with 
the Board discussion on diversity as part of the Board 
Effectiveness Review, amounted to a retrospective look back 
over the preceding 12 months to consider how commitment 
to DEI had advanced. This resulted in positive steps to 
advance DEI further over the coming years being agreed.

(viii) Annual review of Membership of all 
Committees / Effectiveness of Committee’s 
performance / Terms of Reference
• Review of Group Board and Committee membership and 
time requirements of Non-executive Directors. No action 
was recommended to the Board

• Review of the Committee’s own performance over 2022 
noting high scores in Board Effectiveness Review around 
its constitution, performance of its delegated role, and 
reporting to Board. No action was recommended to the 
Board

• Updates to the Committee’s Terms of Reference to 

include reference to DEI oversight and recommendation 
to the Board for re-approval

(ix) All Directors to stand for re-election at 2023 
AGM
During Q1 23 the Nomination Committee recommended to 
the Group Board that all Directors should seek re-election 
by the Group’s shareholders at the 2023 AGM.

Richard Law
Chair of the Nomination Committee
21 March 2023

The Committee satisfied itself that each Non-executive 
Director remained independent and continued to make an 
effective and valuable contribution to the Board, 
demonstrate a strong commitment to their role and the 
Board, and to the long-term success of the Company. The 
Committee recommended to the Board for approval that all 
be re-appointed as a Non-executive Director for a further 
three-year term. Each Committee member disclosed their 
interest in their own evaluation and abstained from 
discussion and decision-making in that regard.

(vii) Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Review
• Chair met with DEI Sponsor for each business
• Minor updates and re-adoption of Group DEI Policy
• Annual DEI review covering the Policy’s implementation 
and progress on DEI initiatives over 2022, considering 
alignment with succession planning, impact since 
introduction and indications of desire to embrace diversity 
in recognition of the correlation between diversity and 
business performance

• Review of how diversity in the Group would continue to 

improve

• Decision to seek external advice on measuring diversity 
levels and existing minority groups in the context of a 
global business, seen as important to ensure internal 
confidence in approach, to demonstrate robustness in 
reported status, and to enable accurate tracking of 
progress on improving diversity in the future

• Decision to engage external governance consultants to 

obtain validation of the Group’s DEI strategy and 
approach, seeking a tangible DEI action plan with a view to 
working towards a quality accreditation mark. Please see 
page 38 for further details

The Committee concluded that the Policy continued to 
reflect the Group’s approach to DEI in practice. 
It acknowledged that change takes time, but activity to date 
and close alignment in thinking around succession planning 
with DEI, was a positive step. The Committee concluded 
that the 2023 priority area for focus was to continue to 
promote and achieve ethnic diversity in the Group. 

64

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Key Governance Policies 

To foster high standards of conduct, ethics and compliance, the Group has 
developed a number of key governance policies which are focused upon the 
Group Board’s areas of priority.

We have developed Group policies to provide consistency 
across our businesses and to cascade down from the Group 
Board a shared understanding of the tone and standards 
expected from everyone on ethical behaviour and 
responsible business practices. 

Our policies consider:
• Our legal and regulatory obligations
• Our QCA Code governance obligations 
• Best practice recommended by advisors /commentators 
• How best to reflect our own businesses and be relevant 

and meaningful to all employees 

Policies are reviewed and re-approved annually to ensure 
alignment with current laws and best practice.

During the year, the team developed and evolved its 
governance policy framework further, as follows: 

Group Framework on Conduct, Ethics and 
Compliance
Approval and adoption of a new Group Framework which is 
an umbrella document to cover all Group conduct, ethics 
and compliance priorities, and include links to all Group 
Policies in one place. 

New Group Policies
Approval and adoption of new Group Policies, sitting under 
the Framework, as follows:

a)  Group Environmental and Climate Change Policy

b)  Group Health, Safety and Well-being Policy

c)  Group Labour Standards and Human Rights Policy

d)  Group Data Protection Policy

e)  Group Anti-facilitation of Tax Evasion Policy

Each have the aim of ensuring that, when implemented, 
they work and resonate well with everyone across the 
Group’s businesses and add value.

In addition, the following policies were reviewed and 
re-approved, with amendment where necessary, to ensure 
that they remained up to date, consistent with other Group 
Policies and fit for purpose:

Anti-bribery and corruption policy
The zero-tolerance approach to bribery and corruption 
outlined in this policy reflects the Group’s commitment to 
act honestly, professionally, fairly and with integrity in all 
business dealings and relationships. This policy is designed 
to ensure adherence to the provisions of the Bribery Act 
2010 and to take account of “Business Principles for 
Countering Bribery” published by Transparency 
International. This also covers corporate gifts and 
hospitality, and appropriate business ethics. Compliance 
with this policy is confirmed annually by the Group’s 
management teams.

Whistleblowing policy
This policy supports and encourages employees and 
stakeholders to raise issues or concerns in respect of 
conduct within the organisation that could fall below 
expected standards without fear of recrimination, 
victimisation, or suffering a disadvantage of any kind. 
It reflects the Group’s commitment to high standards of 
honesty, openness, integrity and accountability. This policy 
promotes a culture of openness and ensures that everyone 
knows how to raise a concern. 

During 2022, work was undertaken to enhance our 
whistleblowing portal, and to promote the policy and 
platform to employees and to the Group’s suppliers to 
ensure awareness of it and its intended use. 

COMPLIANCE – MORE THAN JUST A SET OF RULES

PAYATTENTION

WHISTLE BLOWING PORTAL

SPEAK UP!

We commit to high standards of honesty, 
openness, integrity and accountability.
You are encouraged to raise any issues or concerns you may have 
in relation to your role or any activities within our company.  
Please do not hesitate to speak up and report any suspicion you 
may have of inappropriate, unethical or illegal behaviour. 

Our Group’s confi dential Whistleblowing Portal is available to 
you if you wish to register a concern anonymously.

https://thepebblegroup.eqs-integrity.org

65

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Key Governance Policies 

Anti-slavery and human trafficking policy
This policy outlines the responsibilities of our businesses to 
implement and enforce effective systems and controls, to 
ensure that modern slavery is not taking place anywhere in 
our own businesses or in any of our businesses’ supply chains. 
This reflects the Group’s zero-tolerance approach to modern 
slavery, exploitation and violation of fundamental human 
rights. Adherence to these principles is addressed through 
staff induction, ongoing training and communications. 
Suppliers are required to comply with our policies on these 
matters with compliance enforced through robust vendor 
audits, supplier visits and ongoing training. 

Group wide dealing policy and share dealing code
These policies are designed to ensure that Directors and 
employees do not misuse, or place themselves under 
suspicion of misusing, information about the Group which is 
not public and they support compliance with the applicable 
regulatory framework on market abuse.

During 2022, work was completed to enhance 
communication around this policy and to introduce a new 
reminder process that ensures a current and clear 
understanding of the principals of the policy and its 
requirements in the minds of our ‘Code Employees’ and 
‘PDMRs’.

Diversity Equity & Inclusion (‘DEI’) Policy 
As part of the annual DEI Review conducted by the 
Nomination Committee, an updated DEI Policy to 
standardise and ensure consistency with other Group 
policies was reviewed and approved. For more detail please 
see page 64.

Responsibilities
Each policy notes which Director of the Board has primary 
responsibility for establishing and maintaining proportionate 
and effective policies and processes for that area. It also 
states that, ultimately, the Group Board has overall 
responsibility for ensuring that the policy complies with legal 
and ethical obligations, and that it is complied with. 

The Group Executive Committee is responsible for 
reviewing policies prior to passing up to Group Committee 
level (as appropriate), then to Group Board, for approval. 
The Group Executive Committee also communicates down 
all finalised policies to the senior executives to ensure 
consistent messaging and the Divisional Leads are 
responsible for implementing the policies, as appropriate 
for their business.

Overseeing compliance priorities

Group Board

l Group GC and Co Sec
l Group CEO/Group CFO
l Group Senior ESG Officer and Data Protection Officer

Audit  
Committee

Nomination  
Committee

Group Executive Committee

Brand Addition 
Divisional Lead

Fascilisgroup 
Divisional Lead

Group Values
Framework on Conduct, Ethics and 
Compliance
Group Policies
Whistleblowing 

Our Priorities

66

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Corporate governance statement

Delivering long-term growth.

The Directors believe that the QCA Code which sets out best practice corporate 
governance arrangements for small and mid‑sized quoted companies, particularly 
those on AIM, remains most appropriate for the Company.
This section of the Annual Report outlines how we have applied the ten principles of the QCA Code 
during the year.

Principle 1:

Establish a strategy and 
business model which 
promotes long-term value 
for shareholders.

Principle 2:

Seek to understand and 
meet shareholder needs 
and expectations.

Commentary

The Group Board has a clear strategy for delivering 
shareholder value in the medium to long-term. The Chair and 
CEO work closely to ensure the message and direction is 
strong and understood.

The Group Board held its annual strategy event over two 
days in October 2022 to discuss its ongoing vision for the 
Group, its direction and strategic priorities. The output 
focused on: 
• competition, new business and technology 
• driving increased growth and scale
• our people and team structures
• our advisers
• investor relations strategy
• risk management
• succession planning 
• accelerating our long-term growth aspirations

Cross-reference 
to detail

The Company’s 
business model and 
strategy are 
detailed in the 
following sections of this 
Report:

•  the Group’s strategy on 

page 17

•  The Group’s vision on 

page 4

•  The Group’s business 
model on pages 4-5

•  The Chair’s report on 

page 12

•  The CEO’s review on 

page 14

•  Our strategy in action 

on page 17

The Executive Directors have primary responsibility for 
contact with shareholders and maintain an active and 
frequent dialogue. They provide regular Group Board 
updates on shareholder meetings and provide the Non-
executive Directors with all reports and feedback issued by 
analysts and brokers to support their understanding of the 
view of the Group by the investment community.

Throughout 2022 the Group has considerably increased 
engagement with the investor community in a number of ways.
The Group Executive Committee discusses shareholder 
needs and expectations in the context of upcoming market 
announcements and other touchpoints at every monthly 
meeting and reviews investor feedback received following 
each of those touchpoints. 

The 2023 AGM will repeat the arrangements established in 
2021 to ensure maximum opportunity for shareholder 
engagement in that forum by enabling shareholders to view 
the meeting via a live webcast and participate via live Q&A 
functionality.  

Should you wish to request a meeting or submit a question, 
please contact investors@thepebblegroup.com.

Investor 
presentations can 

be found on the 
Company’s website. 

How we have 
increased 
engagement with 
shareholders is 

detailed in the 
Stakeholder engagement 
section of this report on 
page 21 and also outlined 
as a key initiative for 
2022 in our Section 172(1) 
statement on page 23.

67

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Corporate governance statement

Principle 3:

Take into account wider 
stakeholder and social 
responsibilities and their 
implications for 
long-term success.

Our values identify the importance of all our stakeholders 
and our commitment to social responsibilities, 
demonstrating how integral these matters are to the 
Group’s culture. 

The Group invests in and works consistently to develop and 
strengthen the relationships it has with all of its 
stakeholders, to understand their needs and requirements.

The Group Board and its Committees have regard to 
relevant stakeholder interests in all key decision making and 
our report template prompts authors to outline the 
consequences of each proposal on the long-term success 
of the Company including (where relevant) the impact on 
the Company’s wider social responsibilities.

Principle 4:

Embed effective risk 
management, considering 
both opportunities and 
threats, throughout the 
organisation.

The Group Board uses a considered approach to risk 
management and acknowledges the need to accept a 
certain level of strategic risk to achieve capital growth for 
shareholders. 

Risk management is embedded from the Group Board to 
the Audit Committee, to the Group Executive Committee, 
to the Operating Boards. There is an effective process for 
identifying, assessing and managing risks in this framework 
and risk registers are held and reviewed on a biannual basis 
at Operating Company level, as well as at Group level. The 
Audit Committee provides the assurance that the risk 
management and related control systems in place are 
effective.

Our values are on 
page 1.

Information on how 
our business model 

identifies key resources 
and relationships is 
contained on pages 5-11.

How the Company 
obtains stakeholder 
feedback and the 
output of that is in the 
Stakeholder engagement 
section of this report at 
page 18-22.

Approach to wider 
stakeholder and 

social responsibilities is 
set out in our 
Section 172(1) statement 
on page 22-25.

The risk 
management 
framework is explained, 
together with details of 
the key risks and 
opportunities facing the 
Group and related 
mitigating actions to 
manage these risks, on 
pages 51-55.

The Audit 
Committee report 
on pages 77-80 explains 
how it oversees the 
effectiveness and 
integrity of the internal 
control systems.

68

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Principle 5:

Maintain the Board as a 
well-functioning, 
balanced team led by the 
Chair.

Group Board 
structure and 
composition details are 
on page 58.

Detailed 
information on 

Group Board and 
Committee meeting 
frequency can be found 
in the Group Board of 
Directors section on 
pages 74 and 75.

For more detail on 
Board Agenda 
please see page 59. 

For full details of 
the Annual Group 

Board Effectiveness 
review 2022 results, see 
Principle 7 below.

The Group Board has strong independent representation, 
a good balance between the Executive and the 
Non-executive Directors and a good gender balance.

Executive Directors dedicate a full-time commitment to the 
Company. Non-executive Directors provided a strong time 
commitment in 2022, allocating sufficient time to effectively 
discharge their responsibilities. This included the 
preparation for, attendance at, and dealing with actions 
arising from all Group Board and Committee meetings, 
which had full attendance. 

The Chair and Company Secretary keep Group Board 
processes under review to develop and formalise, including 
conducting detailed annual planning and agenda setting. This 
results in the Group Board and its Committees receiving high 
quality, accurate and timely information on a regular basis. 

The 2022 Annual Group Board Effectiveness review 
highlighted the following as particular areas of strength, 
which the Board concluded were an indication that the 
Directors were operating very effectively and performing to 
a high standard as a unit, in Committees, and also 
individually as Directors:
• Board members attendance and active contribution at 

meetings

• Independence of character and judgement of Board 

members

• Time commitment of Non-executive Directors
• Role of Chair and Role of Senior Independent Director
• Executive Directors and Company Secretary performance

69

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Corporate governance statement

Principle 6:

Ensure that between 
them the Directors have 
the necessary up-to-date 
experience, skills and 
capabilities.

70

All Directors are professionally active. Each has demonstrated 
that they possess the appropriate skills, capabilities and 
experience for the roles they perform, including as members of 
the Group Board and its Committees. Group Board experience 
is extensive and varied, and the mix of personal qualities 
(including gender balance) contributes to the Group Board’s 
ability as a whole to deliver the Company’s strategic objectives. 
The skills and experience of the Group Board are reviewed 
annually through use of a forward-looking skills matrix to 
ensure that the Board is sufficiently resourced to discharge 
its governance obligations on behalf of all stakeholders. The 
review in 2022 highlighted a potential need for specific 
technical skills around ‘Digital technologies and SaaS’ at 
Board level and instigated further activity in this area, 
including a ‘Needs Analysis’ to assess the need in more detail 
and possible actions with external advisors.
The 2022 Group Board effectiveness review assessed the 
performance of the individual Directors and found no issues, 
highlighting knowledge and experience of capital market rules 
and understanding of obligations of a quoted company as a 
particular strength. Further, all Directors were re-elected at 
the 2022 AGM and it is the Company’s intention to continue 
to subject all Directors to re-election annually. 
A Director performance evaluation by the Nomination 
Committee in both Q4 22 and Q1 23 concluded that each 
Director continued to make an effective and valuable 
contribution to the Group Board, and that each Director 
demonstrated a strong commitment to their role and to the 
long-term success of the Company. 
The Company Secretary acts as adviser to the Chair and the 
Group Board, with responsibility for ensuring effective Group 
Board processes are followed. Monthly ‘Boardroom Briefings’ 
are circulated to update Directors on topical issues, such as: 
corporate culture; Directors and their responsibilities; 
executive remuneration, ESG or climate related issues and 
disclosure requirements. 
The Company’s external auditors, PwC, provides regulatory 
updates and briefings to the Group Board twice per year on 
relevant corporate reporting developments or similar ‘hot 
topics’ for the year under review.
The Company’s NOMAD provides annual Group Board training 
and a briefing pack on the AIM Rules, Market Abuse 
Regulation, managing price sensitive information and other 
regulatory updates.
The Group Board is given the opportunity to keep in touch 
with relevant developments through appropriate seminars 
and formal external training courses facilitated by the 
Company Secretary to ensure continued development of 
knowledge, skill and capability. 
Fostering a culture of continuous improvement is important 
to the Chair, who participated in a series of coaching 
sessions at the Company’s expense during 2022, as part of 
his own commitment to continued professional development.
The Group Board and Committees use professional advisors 
at the Company’s expense when considered necessary.

Director’s skills and 
experience are 
detailed on pages 74 and 
75 and also on the 
Company’s website. 

Information on how 
the Nomination 

Committee actively 
reviewed Group Board 
structure, size and 
composition in 2022, 
is on page 63.

For full details of 
the results of the 

2022 Annual Group 
Board Effectiveness 
review, see Principle 7 
below.

For full details of 
the Director 
performance evaluation 
conducted by the 
Nomination Committee 
in Q4 2022 and Q1 23, 
see page 71.

The use of 
professional 
adviser services 

has been set out in the 
reports of each of the 
Group Board’s 
Committees contained 
in this Report, where 
applicable.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022• On Board diversity, a lower score 
reflected the absence of ethnic 
diversity on the Board and need to 
develop a more specific action plan, 
with measurable targets for achieving 
increased diversity. It was agreed 
that an external consultant be 
engaged to carry out an in-depth 
exercise, provide external validation 
of the Group’s DEI policy and 
approach, and produce a practical 
action plan

Details of plans in place to work with an 
external DEI consultant are on page 38.

Progress against previous 
recommendations 
The Group Board has addressed the 
areas for development identified in the 
2021 performance review as outlined 
in the Company’s 2021 Annual Report. 
In particular:
• During the year, the Chair attended 
five one-to-one virtual investor 
meetings on approach, values and 
principles in relation to governance
• Enhanced ESG resource was added 
to Brand Addition in the form of 
further investment into its 
sustainability team and the hire of 
three sustainability product managers

Principle 7:

Evaluate Board 
performance based on 
clear and relevant 
objectives, seeking 
continuous improvement.

The Nomination Committee reviews 
the Group Board effectiveness 
process annually to enhance and 
improve the exercise. The process 
followed in 2022 was as per the above, 
which was considered to remain 
fit-for-purpose given the size, nature 
and complexity of the Group Board 
and its Committees, current stability of 
composition and governance maturity. 

The Group Board, led by the Chair, 
fosters a culture of continuous 
improvement to maximise the 
effectiveness of board practices. 
It performs an annual formal 
assessment of the effectiveness of the 
Group Board and its performance as a 
unit as well as that of its Committees 
and the individual Directors.

The process is conducted internally by 
the Group Board and not on an 
anonymous basis, to reflect the open 
culture and nature of the Group 
Board:
• The Chair of the Group Board is 

responsible for and leads the process 
with assistance from the Company 
Secretary to ensure that all Directors 
are actively engaged
• Completion of a written 

questionnaire by all Directors, covers 
‘Composition and Process’ and 
‘Behaviours and Activities’

• A written report from the Chair on 
the results is tabled for full Board 
discussion

• Directors’ evaluation of the results is 
facilitated by the Company Secretary
• Actions are included and followed-up 

as part of standard Group Board 
process

Details of the Nomination Committee 
update to its Group Board effectiveness 
review criteria in 2022 (to ensure it remained 
fit-for-purpose) is on page 63.

Results and recommendations of 
the 2022 Review

Particular strengths highlighted 
(not already mentioned in 
principles above):
• Constitution and performance of 

Board Committees

• The integrity of the financial controls 
and systems of risk management, 
being robust and resilient

• The Board’s demonstration of 
stewardship through effective 
communication with all of the 
company’s stakeholders and taking 
account of their interests

• Tone from the top and a performance 

culture that drives value creation 
without exposing the company to 
excessive risk or value destruction

Recommendations:
• On Board mix of skills, experience 

and knowledge, a lower score 
reflected the Non-executive Director 
skills matrix output, which had 
highlighted the potential need for 
specific technical skills around ‘Digital 
technologies and SaaS’ at Board 
level. Actions were agreed to take 
steps to explore that further

Details of the Nomination Committee 
update on the Non-executive Director 

skills matrix review is on page 63.

71

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Corporate governance statement

Principle 8:

Promote a corporate 
culture that is based on 
ethical values and 
behaviours.

The Group’s values shape our culture, 
define who we are, what we do and 
how we act. We believe they 
demonstrate our commitment to 
ethical behaviour.

For details of our values please see 
page 1.

For information on how the Company’s 
culture is consistent with its objectives, 

strategy and business model, please see pages 
59-60 under Operating Boards and Group 
Executive Committee.

The Group Board also monitors the 
state of culture and employee 
satisfaction at present by including 
minutes of each Brand Addition 
employee forum for noting at Group 
Board meetings.

Information on monitoring compliance 
with certain policies can be found in the 

Audit Committee Report on pages 77-80.

The CEO in conjunction with the 
Company Secretary or the Group 
Senior ESG Officer is responsible for 
reviewing the suitability, adequacy and 
effectiveness of the policies and for 
making improvements, as appropriate. 
The Divisional Lead in each business is 
responsible for ensuring the 
implementation and communication of 
policies and ensuring that any Group 
policies are reflected in Brand 
Addition’s and Facilisgroup’s respective 
equivalent local policies.

The Group Board monitors and 
promotes an ethical corporate culture 
by having documented key governance 
policies in place which are reviewed 
and re-approved annually to ensure 
that they remain up to date and 
continue to reflect best practice. It is 
extremely important to the Group 
Board that policies or practices not 
only align with best practice but are 
designed in a meaningful way and fit 
with our culture and way of working.

For details of the key governance policies 
in place across the Group, and 

enhancements during 2022, please see 
pages 65-66.

Any non-compliance with policies is 
reported by the Divisional Leads via 
the Group Executive Committee to the 
relevant Group Board Committee and 
ultimately the Group Board for 
monitoring on an ongoing basis.

Annual employee performance 
evaluations within Brand Addition 

assess alignment with and embodiment 
of its core values, including ‘Do the 
right thing’. Within Facilisgroup, 50% 
of bonus to employees is earned 
based on individual performance 
which is aligned with embodiment of 
core values. Employees that are not 
aligned with core values can be 
assigned a specific Performance 
Improvement Plan and will not be paid 
a bonus.

In October 2022, the Company 
published its second ESG report in 
which it set out its ESG strategy and 
the framework which underpins its 
approach to ESG.

During 2022, the Group has developed 
and enhanced its governance polices 
and processes, including adoption of a 
new Group Framework on conduct, 
ethics and compliance.

Our full ESG report is available in the 
‘investors’ section of our website.

For more detail on the new Group 
Framework please see page 65.

Our assessment of our principle risks and 
uncertainties reflects our ethical culture 
and balanced risk appetite. For details, please 
see pages 51-55.

The policies assist in embedding a 
culture of ethical behaviour for all 
employees. In addition, we seek to 
work with agents, contractors, 
business partners and other third 
parties who work with us or on our 
behalf, who share our zero-tolerance 
approach to certain activities (e.g., 
bribery and corruption), and we 
expect them to behave consistently 
with the provisions of our relevant 
policies. 

72

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Principle 9:

Maintain governance 
structures and processes 
that are fit for purpose 
and support good 
decision-making by the 
Board.

The Group’s governance structures have evolved and 
developed so that they fit naturally with our culture and way 
of working. They will remain under review during 2023 and 
will evolve where required in line with the Company’s 
planned growth. 

The role of each member of the Group Board is clearly 
defined. The Chair is responsible for the operation of the 
Group Board and for corporate governance within the 
Group. The CEO is responsible for proposing the strategic 
direction of the Group Board and implementing the strategy 
once approved. The CFO is responsible for all financial 
matters and engagement with shareholders. 

The Group’s 
governance 
structures are explained 
on pages 58-61.

More detail on the 
Group Board roles 
and responsibilities can 
be found on the 
corporate governance 
section of the 
Company’s website.

The Group Board reviews its formal schedule of matters 
reserved for the Group Board and each Committee reviews 
its terms of reference on an annual basis to ensure they 
remain fit for purpose and support good decision-making. 

The roles of the 
Group Board’s 

Committees are 
described in detail on 
pages 60-61.

The Group Board and its Committees operate within formal 
processes and timetables facilitated by the Company 
Secretary. Each meeting has an agenda, a Group Board 
reporting template (with Section 172 guidance), appropriate 
and timely information is circulated in good time prior to 
each meeting, and meetings are planned to ensure that 
appropriate time is allotted for open and in-depth 
discussion. All actions arising are formally tracked, followed 
up by the Company’s management and reported. 

The Chair and Company Secretary keep Group Board 
processes under review to develop and formalise, including 
conducting detailed annual planning and agenda setting 
which aligns with the terms of reference. This results in the 
Group Board and its Committees receiving high quality, 
accurate and timely information on a regular basis which 
supports good decision-making by the Directors.

Principle 10:

Communicate how the 
Company is governed and 
is performing by 
maintaining a dialogue 
with shareholders and 
other relevant stakeholders.

The detailed responses to the principles of the QCA Code in 
this section of the Report, in conjunction with the related 
information throughout this Report, communicates to 
shareholders and other relevant stakeholders how the 
Company is governed.

The enhanced investor relations activity during 2022 
increased communication with investors on matters of 
governance and performance.

In October 2022, the Company published its second ESG 
report in which it set out its ESG strategy and the 
framework which underpins its approach to ESG.

Shareholders and other relevant stakeholders are free to 
engage in dialogue with the Company via  
investors@thepebblegroup.com

The schedule of 
matters reserved 

for the Group Board 
and each Committee’s 
terms of reference can 
be found on the 
Company’s website. 

For more detail on 
Board Agenda, 
please see page 59.

See the details 
included at 
Principle 2 above as to 
how the Company 
maintains an active 
dialogue with its 
shareholders on 
Company performance 
through a planned 
programme of investor 
relations.

For details on the 
increased investor 
relations activity during 
2022, please see 
page 23.

Our full ESG 
report is available 

in the ‘investors’ 
section of our website.

A range of Company 
information is included 
on the Company’s 
website.

73

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Board of Directors

Leading with experience.

KEY TO COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP

A   Audit Committee

R   Remuneration Committee

N   Nomination Committee

  Committee Chair

74

Richard Law
Chair and Independent  
Non-executive Director

Tenure
3 years 4 months

Experience
Richard has broad senior management and 
Board experience of business, engineering, 
corporate finance, technology and 
governance spanning 40 years. Richard 
retired as Chief Executive Officer of 
AIM-quoted GB Group plc in 2017, having led 
the company from a market capitalisation of 
£5 million to £500 million. He then took up a 
portfolio role investing in and chairing both 
public and private companies. As well as 
chairing The Pebble Group plc, Richard is 
currently the Chairman of Vypr (a product 
intelligence and performance accelerator) 
and Chairman designate of SmartSearch 
(a provider of online compliance solutions).

Skills brought to the Group Board
• Extensive financial expertise
• Extensive and diverse leadership experience 
• Sound practical understanding of 

corporate governance

• Deep appreciation of investor sentiment 
• Strong understanding of ecommerce and 

data solutions

External appointments
• Non-executive Director and Chairman at 
Vypr Validation Technologies Limited 

• Non-executive Director at Gudtouch Limited
• Chairman designate Smart Credit Limited 

(t/a SmartSearch) – part time 

Committee membership
A   R   N

Meetings attended in 2022
Board meetings and AGM 

Audit Committee meetings 

Remuneration Committee meetings 

Nomination Committee meetings 

9/9

3/3

4/4

3/3

Christopher (Chris) Lee
Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

Tenure
23 years

Experience
Chris led the private equity backed 
management buyout of Brand Addition in 
2012 and 2017 and the acquisitions of 
Gateway CDI and Facilisgroup in 2016 and 
2018 and the listing of The Pebble Group plc 
onto AIM in 2019. 

Skills brought to the Group Board
• Sound, proven leadership skills and a 

considered strategic approach, developing 
the Group’s capabilities for sustainable 
growth

• Detailed understanding of the market and 

sector with significant knowledge of 
commercial, client and operational 
matters 

• Successful transaction and M&A 

experience

• Client and supplier relationship 

management, contracting and negotiations

• A thorough understanding of stakeholder 

priorities including the development of the 
senior executives and ESG issues

Committee Membership
• Group Executive Committee

Meetings attended in 2022
Board meetings and AGM 

9/9

Group Executive Committee Meetings  9/9

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Claire Thomson
Chief Financial Officer (CFO)

Tenure
15 years 

Experience
Claire has led the finance, banking, tax, legal 
and compliance aspects of the businesses 
which now comprise the Group for over 
14 years. She took on the role of Chief 
Financial Officer following the management 
buyout in 2012. Claire is a qualified Chartered 
Accountant and prior to joining the Group, 
spent 11 years in audit at 
PricewaterhouseCoopers, having joined in 
1997. Claire has a BA Hons degree in English 
and American Literature from the University 
of Manchester.

Skills brought to the Group Board
• Extensive finance, financial reporting and 

financial management expertise

• Sound, proven leadership skills
• Wide in-depth knowledge of each 

business area

• Successful transaction and M&A 

experience

• Significant experience of effective risk 

management and internal controls

• Investor relations 

External appointments
• Director at Cheadle Hulme School

Committee Membership
• Group Executive Committee

Yvonne Monaghan 
Independent Non-executive 
Director and Senior Independent 
Director 

Tenure
3 years 4 months 

Experience 
Yvonne has been the Chief Financial Officer 
of Johnson Service Group PLC since 2007. 
She played an important role in returning the 
company to a growth strategy, managing a 
number of acquisitions and disposals. She was 
a Non-executive Director of NWF Group plc 
from 2013 until she stepped down from this 
role in September 2020.

Yvonne is a qualified Chartered Accountant 
and spent five years in audit at Deloitte 
Haskins & Sells, before joining Johnson Service 
Group PLC in 1984. Yvonne has a BSc Honours 
degree in Pharmacology and Physiology from 
the University of Manchester. 

Skills brought to the Group Board
• Extensive financial and financial reporting 

expertise

• Sound practical understanding of 

corporate governance

Stuart Warriner 
Independent Non-executive 
Director 

Tenure
3 years 4 months 

Experience 
Stuart has extensive corporate finance 
experience with a career in investment 
banking and as a Corporate Finance Partner 
at PricewaterhouseCoopers. Stuart has an 
MA in Economics from the University of 
Cambridge and is a qualified Chartered 
Accountant.  

Skills brought to the Group Board
• Expertise in M&A 
• Track record in advising Boards including 

on strategy and shareholder value 

• Sound practical understanding of 

corporate governance

External appointments 
• Senior Advisor at Houlihan Lokey 
• Non-executive Chair at Blue-I Holdings 

Limited

• Non-executive Director of Lodestone 

Oxford Limited

• Significant understanding of audit 

processes, risk management and controls

Committee membership 
A   R   N

• Deep appreciation of investor sentiment 

External appointments 
• Chief Financial Officer of Johnson Service 

Group PLC

• Elected to the CBI North West Regional 
Council with effect from 1 January 2021

Committee membership
A   R   N

Meetings attended in 2022
Board meetings and AGM 

Meetings attended in 2022
Board meetings and AGM 

9/9

Group Executive Committee meetings  9/9

Audit Committee meetings 

Remuneration Committee meetings 

Nomination Committee meetings 

Meetings attended in 2022
Board meetings and AGM 

Audit Committee meetings 

Remuneration Committee meetings 

Nomination Committee meetings 

9/9

3/3

4/4

3/3

9/9

3/3

4/4

3/3

75

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Senior Executives

Divisional Leads

Lucy Penfold
Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary

Tenure
2 years 3 months 

Experience
Prior to joining The Pebble Group, Lucy had 
13 years’ experience as in-house legal counsel 
at AXA UK plc where she specialised in 
corporate and commercial law and acted for 
the group’s various UK subsidiaries, including 
advising on a number of acquisitions, disposals, 
re-organisations and corporate integrations. 
Whilst at AXA UK, Lucy also gained experience 
of company secretarial support, corporate 
governance and risk management whilst in her 
role as Assistant Company Secretary. Prior to 
that, Lucy spent two years practicing 
corporate law as an associate at law firm 
Olswang LLP, where she also trained for 
two years and qualified as a solicitor in 2005. 
Lucy has a BA Hons degree in Accountancy & 
Law from the University of Manchester.

Skills
• M&A, corporate law and group 
re-organisation/integration

• Commercial contract, drafting and 

negotiation

• Corporate governance
• Risk management

Committee membership
• Group Executive Committee

Ashley McCune
President, Facilisgroup

Karl Whiteside
Group MD, Brand Addition

Tenure
16 years

Tenure
5 years

Experience
Karl has led the US division of Brand 
Addition since 2017. Prior to joining Brand 
Addition, Karl led supply chain and logistics 
teams throughout North America as well as 
inside sales, sourcing, and billing teams for 
Staples Promotional Products for 10 years. 
Before joining the creative merchandise 
industry, Karl spent time in National 
Account Sales roles with Newell Brands and 
Samsonite. Karl has a BS degree in 
marketing from Truman State University.

Skills 
• Business strategy planning and execution
• Operational and efficiency management
• Extensive industry and sector knowledge
• Executive leadership and mentoring
• Management of global teams 
• Risk management and supply chain 

strategy planning

Board and Committee membership
• Group Executive Committee

Experience
Ashley was appointed President of 
Facilisgroup in January 2020, following the 
acquisition by The Pebble Group in 2019. 
Prior to that, she oversaw the finance, 
operations and marketing aspects of the 
business as a senior leader of Facilisgroup 
for over 10 years. Ashley has 19 years of 
experience in the promotional products 
industry in both the distributor and 
technology arenas. She has a business 
degree from Southern Illinois University and 
in 2022, she completed the Board of 
Directors programme with Henley Business 
School. Most recently, Ashley has been 
inducted into the YPO, a worldwide 
leadership committee of 29,000 chief 
executives.

Skills 
• Strong and extensive industry and sector 

knowledge

• Business and senior team leadership 
• Strategy development
• Operational management 
• Partner relationship management 
• Negotiations
• Organisational development
• Experience of organic growth 

Board and Committee membership
• Group Executive Committee

Meetings attended in 2022
Group Executive Committee meetings  8/9

Meetings attended in 2022
Group Executive Committee meetings  9/9

Meetings attended in 2022
Group Executive Committee meetings  9/9

76

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Audit Committee report

Monitoring the quality of 
internal controls.

Yvonne Monaghan
Audit Committee Chair
Independent Non-executive Director and 
Senior Independent Director 

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to present the Audit Committee Report for 
the year ended 31 December 2022. 

Composition and experience of the Audit Committee
I am Chair of the Committee which is made up of all three 
independent Non-executive Directors (Stuart Warriner, 
Richard Law and myself) and is supported by Lucy Penfold 
as Company Secretary. All three Non-executive Directors 
are qualified chartered accountants, with considerable 
business experience in senior financial and operational 
roles, including knowledge of financial markets, as detailed 
in the Group Board biographies on pages 74-75. All 
members of the Committee are regarded as having recent 
and relevant experience. 

The Committee meets three times per year, including once 
at the planning stage before the external audit and once 
after the external audit at the reporting stage, to facilitate 
discussions relating to the financial statements and internal 
controls of the Group. The meetings are attended by the 
CEO and CFO, as well as the external auditors, PwC. In 2022 
all three meetings had full Committee attendance, and PwC 
attended two of the three meetings. Additionally, the 
Committee meets the external auditors at least once per 
year without executive management present, to discuss the 
auditors’ remit and any issues arising. 

Responsibilities of the Audit Committee
Throughout the year, the Committee continued to fulfil its 
duties on behalf of the Group Board. It has an established, 
structured agenda closely aligned to the Group’s 
reporting cycle. 

The responsibilities of the Committee are defined by the 
terms of reference which can be viewed on the Company’s 
website. These include primary responsibility for:
• reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal 

controls, including review of the scope and adequacy of 
the Group’s processes and controls in respect of 
whistleblowing, anti-bribery and failure to prevent 
tax evasion;

77

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Audit Committee report

• monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s 

internal audit function;

• considering the review of material business risks, including 

ESG and climate related risks and opportunities, and 
reviewing internal control processes to identify and 
monitor risks;

• monitoring the integrity of the Group’s financial statements 
and the external announcements of the Group’s results, 
including reviewing, and challenging where necessary, 
significant financial reporting issues and judgements which 
they contain; 

The Audit Committee assesses whether suitable accounting 
policies have been adopted and whether appropriate 
estimates and judgements have been made by 
management. The Committee also reviews accounting 
papers prepared by management and reviews reports by 
the external auditors. The specific areas reviewed by the 
Committee during the year were:
• review of the capitalisation of software development 

costs;

• appropriateness of the carrying value of goodwill, 

intangibles and investments; 

• advising on the clarity of disclosures and information 

• review of the controls processes over purchase to 

contained in the Annual Report and Interim Report and 
giving an opinion to the Group Board on whether the 
Annual Report and Interim Report are fair, balanced and 
understandable;

payment and payroll;

• Alternative Performance Measures; and
• going concern assessment.

• ensuring consistency in application of, and compliance 

with, applicable accounting standards; and 

• overseeing the relationship with the external auditors 

including recommending approval of their appointment 
and approving their remuneration, reviewing their reports 
and ensuring their independence is maintained.

The Audit Committee reports to the Group Board on all 
these matters. 

Evaluation of the effectiveness of the Audit 
Committee
To ensure that it is operating at maximum effectiveness, the 
Committee used output from the formal Group Board 
Effectiveness review detailed on page 71 to review and 
evaluate its own performance and constitution during 
Q4 22. It concluded that the Committee was operating 
effectively, and no action or changes were required to be 
recommended to the Group Board. The annual review of 
the Committee’s terms of reference resulted in the 
amendment of the terms to extend the Committee’s duties 
regarding business risk, to include the review of ESG and 
climate related risks and opportunities. In addition, the 
terms were amended to specifically refer to the review of 
the Group’s systems and controls for the prevention of 
facilitation of tax evasion. Updated terms of reference were 
approved by the Group Board to include these 
amendments and are available on the Company’s website.

Significant matters considered in relation to the 
financial statements
At the request of the Group Board, the Audit Committee 
considered whether the 2022 Annual Report was fair, 
balanced and understandable and whether they provided 
the necessary information for shareholders to assess the 
Group’s performance, business model and strategy. The 
Committee were satisfied that, taken as a whole, the 2022 
Annual Report was fair, balanced and understandable.

Alternative Performance Measures (APM’s)
We refer to a number of APM’s throughout the Annual 
Report. These are used by the Group to provide additional 
clarity to the Group’s financial performance and are used 
internally by management to monitor business performance, 
in its budgeting and forecasting and for determination of 
Directors’ and senior team’s remuneration. 

The Committee is aware that APM’s are non-IFRS measures. 
APM’s used by the Group are as follows:
• Adjusted EBITDA which means operating profit before 

depreciation, amortisation, share-based payments charge 
and exceptional items

• Adjusted operating profit which means operating profit 

before amortisation of acquired intangible assets, 
share-based payments charge and exceptional items

• Adjusted profit before tax which means profit before tax, 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets, share-based 
payments charge and exceptional items

• Adjusted Earnings which means profit after tax before 

amortisation of acquired intangible assets, share-based 
payments charge and exceptional items

• Adjusted earnings per share which means Adjusted 

Earnings divided by a weighted average number of shares 
in issue

• Adjusted operating cash flow which is calculated as 

Adjusted EBITDA less movements in working capital, capital 
expenditure and lease payments

The Committee considers the APM’s, all of which exclude 
the effect of non-recurring items or non-operating events, 
provide useful information for Shareholders on the 
underlying performance of the Group. The Committee is 
satisfied that where APM’s are used, they are presented 
with equal prominence to the statutory figures.

78

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022External audit
The Audit Committee has responsibility for the 
recommendation for re-appointment and deciding the 
remuneration of the Group’s external auditors and satisfying 
itself that they maintain their independence regardless of 
any non-audit work performed by them.

The Group has a formal policy in place in relation to the 
engagement of the external auditors to supply non-audit 
services, which ensures the Group is compliant with the 
Financial Reporting Council’s (FRC) Ethical Standards. The 
Group has adopted the FRC’s “Whitelist” of permitted 
non-audit services, and in relation to the provision of such 
services, the Audit Committee is responsible for approving all 
non-audit services that are not deemed trivial. The Audit 
Committee will apply judgement in making such decisions, 
specifically in relation to threats to independence and 
objectivity resulting from the provision of such services and 
any safeguards in place to eliminate or reduce these threats.

The total fees payable to the Group’s external auditors in 
respect of the year under review amount to £310,000 (FY 
21: £210,500). No non-audit services were provided in FY 22 
(FY 21: £nil).

One of the principal duties of the Audit Committee is to 
make recommendations to the Group Board in relation to 
the appointment of the external auditors. PwC has been the 
Company’s external auditors for many years and in line with 
best practice guidance as a listed plc is required to rotate 
the Senior Statutory Auditors (audit engagement partner) 
responsible for the Group and subsidiary audits every five 
years. The Group’s current Senior Statutory Auditors were 
identified as such in October 2020.

The respective responsibilities of the Directors and 
external auditors in connection with the Group financial 
statements are explained in the Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities on page 94 and the Auditors’ Reports on 
pages 95-99. 

Review of external auditors’ effectiveness
The Committee reviewed the external auditors’ 
performance and independence, by considering the 
qualifications, expertise and resources of PwC and its 
objectivity on an ongoing basis throughout the year. This 
was done by considering the following:
- 
- 

 the views of the Executive Directors; 

 responses from PwC to questions from the Committee; 

- 

- 

 the audit findings reported to the Committee, including 
PwC’s report on internal quality procedures; and
 the relationship with PwC as a whole, to confirm there 
are no relationships between the external auditors and 
the Company other than in the ordinary course of 
business which could adversely affect independence and 
objectivity.

The Group has in place a formal policy for the appointment 
of former employees of the external auditors, which 
requires written approval from the Chair, CFO and Head of 
the Audit Committee, should the Group wish to hire any 

employee who has been involved in the audit within the last 
two years. No such appointments have been made during 
the year. 

Based on the reviews performed, the Committee is satisfied 
that the external audit process has operated effectively, 
and PwC continued to bring independence and prove 
effective in its role as external auditors. 

Internal control and risk management
As explained in more detail in the Risk Management section 
of the Strategic report on pages 51-55, the Committee 
supports the Group Board in reviewing the Group’s risk 
management methodology and the effectiveness and 
integrity of the Company’s internal control and risk 
management systems. Regular internal control updates are 
provided to the Committee, which include reviewing and 
updating the nature and extent of principal risks and 
uncertainties faced by the Group contained in the Group’s 
risk register and assessing the mitigating actions in place 
and updates to action plans agreed in previous meetings. 
In FY 22, this remit was extended to include oversight of 
climate related risks and opportunities, and thereby align 
the Group’s risk management processes with TCFD 
requirements. The Committee discussed and reviewed the 
Group’s risk register twice in FY 22; key areas of focus being 
cyber security, the macroeconomic environment, employee 
retention and climate change. On each occasion it 
concluded that all risks and opportunities had been 
appropriately identified and recommended the Group’s risk 
register to the Group Board for approval. 

Whistleblowing
The Committee ensures that the Group has an appropriate 
whistleblowing policy and confidential process in place that 
is designed to support and encourage employees and other 
stakeholders to raise concerns in respect of conduct within 
the organisation, without fear of recrimination or suffering a 
disadvantage of any kind. The policy reflects the Group’s 
commitment to high standards of honesty, integrity and 
accountability, and it promotes a culture of openness by 
enabling stakeholders to report any misconduct, 
malpractice, illegalities, wrongdoing or matters of similar 
concern using the Group whistleblowing portal, which is 
available 24 hours a day. During the year, the policy was 
reviewed and updated by the Committee and re-approved 
by the Board to ensure continued compliance with best 
practice and alignment with our businesses and ways of 
working. In addition:
(i)   the Group’s whistleblowing portal was updated and 

enhanced to include a new landing page and improved 
user experience;

(ii)   Supplier contract templates were amended to formally 

enable access to, and publicise, the portal to our 
Group’s suppliers; and

(iii)  Internally, the portal was promoted to our employees 

through the display of posters at all sites.

79

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Audit Committee report

Summaries of any whistleblowing reports and resolutions 
are reported to the Committee. Where a matter is raised, 
a proportionate investigation is undertaken by independent 
management with support and guidance from the 
Committee, if necessary. During the year, one matter was 
raised via the whistleblowing process and was an employee 
related grievance which was escalated to HR and the 
relevant local manager for investigation and resolution.

Internal audit
On an annual basis, the Committee considers and approves 
the proposed annual internal audit and risk plan for the full 
year. The Committee is kept up to date by the CFO and the 
Group Financial Controller on progress against the Group’s 
internal audit and risk plan. 

The Committee considers annually whether there is a need 
for a separate internal audit and risk function and makes a 
recommendation to the Group Board accordingly. The 
Group does not currently have a separate internal audit 
function. Targeted reviews and visits to operations are 
performed by the Head Office Finance team, which is 
independent of the business operations, and which 
comprises wholly of qualified accountants. The team is 
responsible for reviewing and reporting on the effectiveness 
of internal controls and risk management systems. This 
approach is considered appropriate and proportionate for 
the size of the Group’s operations and does not affect the 
work of the external auditors. 

Risk and compliance policies
In line with the theme of trust, ethics, transparency and 
delivery of good corporate governance, the responsibility of 
the Audit Committee in the management and 
communication of risks and internal controls extends 
beyond matters of financial, operational and strategic risk. 
As such, the Audit Committee considers the Company’s 
attitude towards areas such as ethics, anti-bribery, 
corruption, modern slavery and market abuse prevention 
and ensures that the Group has appropriate policies and 
processes in place. 

The Audit Committee initiated a project to review the 
Group’s approach to the corporate offence of failure to 
prevent facilitation of tax evasion, introduced by the 
Criminal Finances Act 2017. The Group Executive 
Committee developed a project plan to refresh the Group’s 
risk assessment on this and to ensure that prevention 
procedures remained up to date and fit for purpose. 
External advisers were engaged in Q1 22 to support this 
work, and a new policy and refreshed reasonable prevention 
procedures were approved and adopted in August 2022 
and centrally co-ordinated training was delivered to all 
relevant Group employees.

For full details of our Group polices and work performed in 
2022, please see pages 65-66 of this report.

Yvonne Monaghan
Chair of the Audit Committee
21 March 2023

80

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Remuneration report

Aligning the interests of Executive 
Directors and shareholders.

Stuart Warriner 
Remuneration Committee Chair
Independent Non-executive Director 

This report is for the year ended 31 December 
2022. It sets out the remuneration policy and the 
detailed remuneration for the Executive and 
Non-executive Directors of the Company. As an 
AIM-quoted company, the information is 
disclosed to fulfil the requirements of AIM 
Rule 19. The Pebble Group plc is not required to 
comply with the Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
(Amendment) Regulations 2013. The information 
is unaudited except where stated.

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to introduce the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report for the 2022 financial year. This letter introduces 
the report, outlines the major decisions on Directors’ 
remuneration during the year and explains the context in 
which these decisions have been taken. 

The Pebble Group plc is committed to high standards of 
corporate governance and our policy and disclosures on 
Directors’ remuneration are intended to reflect this 
approach. Through this report, we aim to provide 
shareholders with the necessary information to understand 
our remuneration strategy and how it links with Group 
performance and we welcome shareholder feedback on 
these matters. To reflect our approach to good corporate 
governance and to promote engagement between the 
Remuneration Committee and our shareholders, we will put 
this Directors’ Remuneration Report to an advisory vote at 
the 2023 AGM, as we have in previous years. At the 2022 
AGM, this resolution was supported by 100% of votes cast. 

81

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Remuneration report

Remuneration policy
The Company’s approach to remuneration is that the overall 
package should be sufficiently attractive to recruit, 
motivate and retain individuals of a high calibre with 
significant technical and strategic expertise. The 
remuneration policy ensures that key personnel are 
incentivised and rewarded in a way that is aligned to 
delivery of the Company’s long-term growth objectives, 
which in turn, achieves a Group culture that will support 
our strategic goals. I believe the interests of key personnel 
are resultingly aligned with those of our shareholders.

The remuneration policy adopted by the Company has four 
main elements, base salary, benefits, annual performance 
related bonuses and long-term share incentives. Policy in 
each area is detailed in this report. 

I believe that there is a clear link between variable pay and 
operational and financial performance and I consider all 
performance metrics used to be stretching and aligned with 
our strategy and business model. 

In order to ensure that the remuneration policy remains 
appropriate and effective, the Committee’s approach is to 
review one element of remuneration each year. During 
2022, the Committee looked in detail at the structure, 
workings and performance conditions applied to Long Term 
Incentive Plan (LTIP) awards. Following this review, the 
Committee determined to make no major changes to its 
LTIP structure, which was concluded to remain relevant, 
appropriate and consistent with best practice.

In the 2021 report, I explained that the Committee had 
determined not to include specific Environmental, Social 
and Governance (ESG) related criteria to determine variable 
pay but would keep the matter under review. The 
Committee sought external advice and considered this in 
more detail during 2022, including looking at our peers and 
what specific ESG linked performance measures the 
Committee could potentially incorporate. In early 2023, the 
Committee decided that meaningful ESG criteria linked to 
tangible targets should be incorporated in 2024.

Performance and decisions on remuneration taken 
during 2022 
Company performance during the year was focussed on 
meeting two objectives:
• continuing to invest in, and show progress against, the 

medium-term growth plan for Facilisgroup; and

• continuing to grow Brand Addition sales against a volatile 

macroeconomic background.

Details of progress against these objectives have been 
provided throughout the Strategic Report on pages 2-55.

In the context of these objectives, the following 
remuneration decisions were made by the Remuneration 
Committee:
• Annual Bonus Plan Awards to Executive Directors for 2022 

were approved and granted subject to performance 
targets agreed by the Committee based solely on the 
Group’s financial results, using the Adjusted EBITDA 
performance; 

• Bonus payments to Executive Directors for 2021 under the 
Annual Bonus Plan Awards granted in 2021 were approved 
as follows: Chris Lee £114,750 (being 42.5% of salary) and 
Claire Thomson £85,000 (being 42.5% of salary); and

• The annual grant of awards under the LTIP were made on 

29 March 2022. 

Information on how remuneration will be operated in 2023 
is set out at the end of this report.

I hope that you find the report helpful and informative, and 
I look forward to receiving feedback from you on the 
information presented.

Stuart Warriner
Remuneration Committee Chair
21 March 2023 

82

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Composition of Remuneration Committee
The Committee comprises all three independent 
Non-executive Directors, Stuart Warriner (Chair), Yvonne 
Monaghan and Richard Law and is supported by Lucy 
Penfold as Company Secretary. The Committee will normally 
meet four times a year to review the remuneration of the 
Executive Directors and other Executive Team members. 
The views of the Chief Executive Officer are sought in 
respect of awards to the other Executive Director and 
Executive Team members.

Evaluation of the effectiveness of the 
Remuneration Committee
To ensure that it is operating at maximum effectiveness, the 
Committee used output of the formal Group Board 
Effectiveness review detailed on page 71 to review and 
evaluate its own performance, constitution and terms of 
reference during Q4 2022. It concluded that the Committee 
was operating effectively, and no action or changes were 
required to be recommended to the Group Board. The 
terms of reference were re-approved by the Group Board 
with an amendment recommended by the Committee to 
include a specific duty to consider the inclusion of ESG 
related criteria to determine Executive’s variable pay.

Remuneration policy
The Committee’s overall approach is focused on ensuring 
the Company’s remuneration policy is aligned with 
shareholders’ interests whilst also enabling the Company to 
attract, retain and motivate high quality executive 
management. It is intended that this policy conforms with 
best practice standards. 

The key objectives of the Company’s remuneration policy 
are to:
• align Executive and shareholder interests;
• underpin an effective pay-for-performance culture; 
• support retention, motivation and recruitment of talented 

people; and

• be clear, consistent and easy to understand. 
The Committee aims to achieve an appropriate balance 
between fixed and variable remuneration, and between 
variable remuneration based on short-term and 
longer-term performance. Fixed remuneration includes 
base salary and benefits. Variable remuneration includes 
annual bonus and awards made under the LTIP. In addition to 

this, the Executive Directors are required to build and 
maintain a minimum shareholding in the Company’s shares, 
details of which are provided in the table below. 

The structure of executive remuneration is in line with that 
of many established UK quoted companies balancing fixed 
remuneration, annual bonus and long-term performance 
share awards. Approximately 65% of the potential 
remuneration of the Executive Directors in 2022 was 
subject to the achievement of performance targets, made 
up of a maximum annual bonus opportunity at 100% of 
salary and an annual performance share award at 100% of 
salary. The link of remuneration outcomes to long-term 
performance is primarily through the LTIP which has 
stretching three-year targets based on basic adjusted 
earnings per share (EPS) and total shareholder return (TSR), 
and a two-year post-vesting holding period is applied. The 
Committee recognises the risk of target-based plans and 
addresses this risk through: (i) careful consideration in the 
choice and pitching of performance targets; (ii) the ability 
to exercise discretion; (iii) the attachment of malus and 
clawback provisions to LTIP awards; and (iv) the application 
of a shareholding guideline. In the light of this remuneration 
structure and the substantial shareholdings of both the CEO 
and CFO, the Committee is satisfied that the Executive 
Directors are well aligned with the long-term performance 
of the Company. 

The Committee will take into account periodic external 
comparisons to examine current market trends and practices 
at equivalent roles in similar companies. Additionally, in 
making its decisions in 2022 the Committee also consulted 
external consultants h2glenfern Remuneration Advisory 
Limited (H2glenfern), where appropriate, to provide advice 
on best practice and market trends. H2glenfern is a member 
of the UK Remuneration Consultants Group (RCG) and has 
confirmed that it complies with the RCG Code. H2glenfern 
has no other relationship with the Company and the 
Committee is satisfied that the advice it receives is 
independent and objective. H2glenfern advised and assisted 
the Committee in respect of the review of its LTIP its 
consideration of the inclusion of ESG metrics, (each as 
outlined above) during 2022.

This part of the report sets out the remuneration policy 
with regard to the Executive Directors. The policy on each 
element of remuneration and how it operates is detailed in 
the table:

83

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Remuneration report

Elements of Remuneration

Element

Base Salary

Benefits

To help recruit and 
retain high 
performing Executive 
Directors.

Reflects the 
individual’s 
experience, role and 
importance to the 
business.

To help recruit and 
retain high 
performing Executive 
Directors. 

To provide market 
competitive benefits.

Pension 

Annual 
Bonus Plan 

To help recruit and 
retain high 
performing Executive 
Directors.

To provide market 
competitive pensions.

To incentivise and 
reward performance.

To align the interests 
of the Executives and 
shareholders in the 
short and medium 
term.

84

Link to remuneration 
policy/strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metric

Base salary is reviewed 
annually as at 1 January with 
reference to each Executive 
Directors’ performance and 
contribution during the year, 
company performance, the 
scope of the Executive 
Directors’ responsibilities and 
consideration of competitive 
pressures.

There is no prescribed 
maximum annual base 
salary or salary increase. 

The Committee is 
guided by the general 
increase for the broader 
employee population 
but has discretion to 
decide on a lower or a 
higher increase.

The Committee considers 
individual and Company 
performance when setting 
base salary.

Benefits are in line with those 
offered to other senior 
management employees and 
may include medical expenses 
cover and life insurance cover.

The CEO and CFO also receive 
permanent health insurance 
cover and a Company car, the 
value of which is equivalent to 
5% of base salary per annum. 

The Company car is provided 
to Executive Directors as an 
alternative to an employer’s 
pension contribution.

Employer’s pension 
contribution or a cash 
supplement.

The CEO and CFO have opted 
to take a Company car 
contribution as an alternative 
to an employer’s pension 
contribution.

The Annual Bonus is earned by 
the achievement of one-year 
performance targets set by 
the Remuneration Committee. 
The parameters, performance 
criteria, weightings and 
targets are ordinarily set at 
the start of each financial 
year. 

Payments are made in cash 
following completion of the 
year subject to the 
Committee’s assessment of 
performance against targets 
and other matters it deems 
relevant.

Awards are subject to malus 
and clawback provisions. 

None

No maximum potential 
value other than 
Company car, the value 
of which is capped at 
5% of base salary per 
annum where provided 
as an alternative to an 
employer’s pension 
contribution.

None

5% of base salary, which 
is aligned with the 
pension contribution 
made by the Company 
to its UK workforce.

The maximum bonus 
opportunity for the CEO 
and CFO is 100% of base 
salary.

Performance measures may 
include financial, 
non-financial, personal and 
strategic objectives. 

Performance criteria and 
weightings may be changed 
from year to year. 

For 2022, the performance 
targets were based on 
Adjusted EBITDA. For 2023, 
the performance targets 
are based on operating 
profit which the Committee 
now considers to be the 
most relevant key financial 
performance

indicator for bonus 
purposes.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Link to remuneration 
policy/strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metric

Element

Long Term 
Incentive 
Plan

To incentivise and 
reward long-term 
performance and 
value creation. 

To align the interests 
of Executive 
Directors and 
shareholders in the 
long-term.

All employee 
share plan

Shareholding 
requirement

To encourage all 
employees to make a 
long-term investment 
in the Company’s 
shares in a tax 
efficient way

Encourages Executive 
Directors to achieve 
the Company’s 
long- term strategy 
and create 
sustainable 
stakeholder value

Aligns with 
shareholder interests

The annual award to the 
CEO and CFO is normally 
100% of base salary.

Performance measures may 
include financial and total 
shareholder return 
(TSR)-based targets. 
Performance criteria and 
weightings may be changed 
from year to year. 

For awards made in FY 20, 
FY 21 and FY 22, 70% of the 
award was subject to a 
cumulative basic earnings 
per share (EPS) target and 
30% was subject to an 
absolute TSR target. 

Details are set out later in 
this report.

The maximum 
participation level will be 
aligned to HMRC limits.

None

Executive Directors are 
eligible to receive awards 
under the LTIP at the 
discretion of the Committee. 

Awards are granted as nil-cost 
options or conditional awards 
which vest after three years 
subject to the meeting of 
objective performance 
conditions specified at award. 

Awards are subject to malus 
and clawback provisions. 

An additional holding period 
of two years post vesting is 
applied to awards made to the 
Executive Directors. 

Dividend equivalents may be 
added to awards. 

The Executive Directors may 
participate in the SAYE on the 
same terms as other eligible 
employees.

200% of salary. 

The shareholdings of the CEO 
and CFO are currently well in 
excess of this guideline.

Non-
executive 
Director 
remuneration

To provide fees 
appropriate to time 
commitments and 
responsibilities of 
each role.

Non-executive Directors are 
paid a base fee in cash. Fees 
are reviewed periodically. In 
addition, reasonable business 
expenses may be reimbursed.

The Group Board is 
guided by the general 
increase for the broader 
employee population 
and takes into account 
relevant market 
movements.

85

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Remuneration report

Malus and clawback
Both Annual Bonus and LTIP awards are subject to malus 
and clawback provisions covering two years. Reasons for 
malus and clawback being applied would include material 
misstatement in audited results, discovery of errors or 
inaccuracies in the assessment of any performance 
condition, fraud or gross misconduct, events or behaviour 
which lead to the censure of the Group by a regulatory 
authority or have a significant detrimental impact on the 
reputation of the Group. 

Remuneration of employees below the Group Board
Employees below the Group Board receive base salary, 
benefits, annual bonus, and senior staff are invited to 
participate in the LTIP, as well as being eligible to participate 
in the SAYE on the same terms as other eligible employees.

Pay and conditions throughout the Group are taken into 
consideration when setting remuneration policy. The 
Committee does not consult other employees when setting 
executive remuneration. 

Shareholder consultation
The Committee’s policy is to consult with major 
shareholders in respect of significant decisions on executive 
remuneration. 

The Chair of the Remuneration Committee is available for 
contact with investors concerning the Company’s approach 
to remuneration. The annual report on remuneration will be 
put to an advisory vote at the upcoming AGM in 2023. 

Executive Directors’ service contracts and 
payments for loss of office
Our Executive Directors have rolling service contracts dated 
28 November 2019 with an indefinite term, but a fixed 
period of 12 months’ notice of termination. Our approach 
to remuneration in each of the circumstances in which an 
Executive Director may leave is determined by the 
Remuneration Committee in accordance with the rules of 
any applicable scheme. 

Non-executive Directors’ letters of appointment
The Non-executive Directors do not have service 
contracts but instead have letters of appointment. Each 
Non-executive Director signed a letter of appointment on 
substantially the same terms as their initial engagement for 
a second three-year term from 28 November 2022. Each 
has a three-month notice period. 

Consideration of new Executive Directors or senior 
executives
When recruiting or promoting any senior executive, we seek 
to apply consistent policies on fixed and variable 
remuneration components in line with the remuneration 
policy set out above. This helps to ensure that any new 
Executive Directors or senior executive is on the same 
remuneration footing as existing Executive Directors or 
senior executives respectively, while still taking into account 
the skill and experience of the individual, the market rate 
for a candidate of that experience and the importance of 
securing the relevant individual. 

Annual report on remuneration
This section sets out details of remuneration in 2022. 

2022 Summary of Directors’ total remuneration (audited)

Name

Executive
Christopher Lee

Claire Thomson

Non-executive
Richard Law

Yvonne Monaghan

Stuart Warriner

* car lease and private medical insurance

Salary / Fee

Bonus

Pension

Benefits*

Total

£285,000

£148,770

£210,000

£109,620

£100,000

£45,000

£45,000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

£15,170

£11,787

£448,940

£331,407

-

-

-

£100,000

£45,000

£45,000

86

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 20222021 Summary of Directors’ total remuneration (audited)

Name

Executive
Christopher Lee

Claire Thomson

Non-executive
Richard Law

Yvonne Monaghan

Stuart Warriner

Salary / fee

Bonus

Pension

Benefits*

Total

£270,000

£114,750

£200,000

£85,000

£100,000

£45,000

£45,000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

£14,687

£399,437

£11,579

£296,579

-

-

-

£100,000

£45,000

£45,000

* car lease and private medical insurance

2022 Annual Bonus Plan Awards 
For 2022, the maximum potential bonus was 100% of base salary. The awards were subject to performance targets set in 
January 2022 based solely on the Group’s financial results, using the Adjusted EBITDA performance, which was considered 
by the Remuneration Committee at that time to be the Group’s most relevant key performance measure for 2022. No 
bonus is payable for below threshold performance but increases on a straight-line basis from 25% pay-out at threshold, to 
60% pay-out at target performance, to 100% pay-out at maximum, as follows:
Pay out level

Adjusted EBITDA

25%

60%

100%

52%

threshold

target

maximum

actual 

£16.6 million 

£18.4 million

£19.3 million

£18.0 million

The Company achieved adjusted EBITDA of £18.0million in FY 22 which corresponded to a pay out at 52% of maximum for 
each Executive Director, as shown in the tables above.

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) 
LTIP awards were granted to the CEO and CFO on 29 March 2022. The table below summarises all of the awards made to 
the Executive Directors under the plan. 

These are nil cost awards with performance conditions outstanding as at 31 December 2022.

Name and award date

Christopher Lee
21 December 2020

8 June 2021

29 March 2022

Claire Thomson
21 December 2020

8 June 2021

29 March 2022

Interest at
31 December 
2021

Granted
in year*

Vested

Exercised

Lapsed

Interest at
31 December 
2022

Performance
period ending

242,152

176,471

179,372

130,719

280,788

206,897

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

242,152

30 June 2023

176,471

31 December 2023

280,788

31 December 2024

179,372

30 June 2023

130,719

31 December 2023

206,897

31 December 2024

* The value at Grant Date was calculated based on the closing share price on 28 March 2022 of 101.5 pence per share. Each of the awards 
represents an LTIP award over shares worth 100% of annual salary as at the Grant Date.

87

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Remuneration report

Performance conditions

70% Cumulative adjusted EPS
Basic adjusted EPS as defined in the LTIP rules, 
excludes share-based payment charge, 
exceptional items and amortisation from 
acquired intangibles

2020 award
3 years ended 
30 June 
2023

2021 award
3 years ended 
31 December 
2023

2022 award
3 years ended 
31 December 
2024

Threshold (25% maximum vesting)
Mid-range (60% maximum vesting)
Maximum (100% maximum vesting)

13.4p
14.3p
15.1p

15.4p
16.3p
17.3p

17.6p
18.8p
19.9p

30% Annualised TSR
Annualised growth in total 
shareholder returns

Threshold (25% maximum vesting)
Mid-range (60% maximum vesting)
Maximum (100% maximum vesting)

8.0% pa
11.3% pa
15.0% pa

8.0% pa
11.3% pa
15.0% pa

8.0% pa
11.3% pa
15.0% pa

Performance between these levels is determined on a straight-line basis.

The performance period for the 2020 awards (being the three years ending 30 June 2023) was chosen as the timing of the 
2020 awards was deferred to December 2020. The performance period for the 2021 awards (being the three years ending 
31 December 2023) was chosen to align back with the financial year. The performance period for the 2022 award (being the 
three years ending 31 December 2024) was again chosen to align with the financial year.

The charge for share based payments is detailed in note 23 to the accounts.

Group Sharesave Plan (SAYE) participation
No SAYE was operated in 2022. 

Christopher Lee and Claire Thomson elected to participate in the 2021 SAYE launched in September 2021 to the maximum 
amount offered to staff under the plan. As such, they were awarded options as detailed below. The exercise price for 
these awards is 122 pence per Share, representing a 20% discount to the closing market price of 152.50 pence per Share 
on 13 September 2021, being the trading day before the invitation for eligible employees to participate was made.

Name

Christopher Lee

Claire Thomson

Award date

6 Oct 2021

6 Oct 2021

Granted
in year

Exercise
price

Contract
start date

14,754

14,754

122p 1 Dec 2021

122p 1 Dec 2021

Option
exercisable

1 Dec 2024

1 Dec 2024

Directors’ interests in shares
The interests of the Directors as at 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021 in the shares of the Company were:

31 December 2022

31 December 2021

Number

370,041

6,091,515

2,907,243

55,000

95,000

% of issued 
shares

0.22%

3.64%

1.74%

0.03%

0.06%

Number

370,041

6,091,515

2,907,243

55,000

50,000

% of issued 
shares

0.22%

3.64%

1.74%

0.03%

0.03%

Name

Richard Law

Christopher Lee

Claire Thomson

Yvonne Monaghan

Stuart Warriner

88

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Directors’ remuneration for the year commencing 1 January 2023
Executive Directors basic pay 2023
In reviewing Executive Director basic pay in Q4 2022, the Committee looked to ensure that Executive remuneration is fair 
and competitive. It had regard to the interests of the Group’s wider workforce, its shareholders, the impact of the decision 
on the Company’s culture, reputation, and its wider social responsibilities in the context of the current economic 
landscape, share price and the Group’s stage on its growth journey. It also noted that executive salary benchmarking 
carried out in Q4 2021 indicated that both CEO and CFO base salaries were below market median levels. Following 
consideration of the remuneration policy, general remuneration trends across the Group, and the broader context of 
Executive Director total remuneration package, the Committee agreed salary increases for each of the CEO and CFO of 
5.2%, which was below the average increase in basic pay awarded across the wider Group. 

Name

Christopher Lee

Claire Thomson

Role

CEO

CFO

Base salary
2023

Base salary
2022

300,000

221,000

285,000

210,000

2023 Annual Bonus Plan Awards 
The annual bonus plan for 2023 will operate in a similar way to 2021 and 2022. However, performance targets will be based 
on operating profit rather than EBITDA to reflect the impact on the Group of the significant increase in investment in 
technology product development during 2022, and that the Committee considers operating profit to be the most relevant 
key performance indicator for bonus purposes for 2023.

Long Term Incentive Plan for 2023
LTIP awards are planned for March 2023 and will operate as set out in the policy table above. Awards will be subject to 
three-year performance conditions and a two year holding period for vested awards.

Non-executive Directors 
Each Non-executive Director was re-appointed for a second three-year term with effect from 28 November 2022. 
Non-executive Director remuneration is a matter for the Chair of the Board and Executive Directors, and no Non-executive 
Director was involved in the decision as to their own remuneration. As Non-executive Director fees had remained static for 
three years since initial appointment (save for the 40% reduction for six months implemented during 2020 in response to 
the COVID-19 pandemic), it was agreed that Non-executive Director fees would increase with effect from 1 January 2023 
to align with the financial period.

Name

Role

Committee Chair

Richard Law

Chair of the Group Board

Nomination

Yvonne Monaghan

Non-executive Director

Audit

Stuart Warriner

Non-executive Director

Remuneration

Annual Fee
2023

Annual Fee
2022

£110,000

£100,000

£50,000

£50,000

£45,000

£45,000

89

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Directors’ report
For the year ended 31 December 2022

The Directors present their report together with the 
audited Group Financial Statements of The Pebble Group 
plc (the “Company”) for the year ended 31 December 2022.

Principal Activities and Business Overview
The Company is incorporated and domiciled in the UK with 
company number 12231361 and with its registered office 
address at Broadway House, Trafford Wharf Road, Trafford 
Park, Manchester, United Kingdom M17 1DD. The Company is 
a public limited company admitted to trading on the AIM 
market of the London Stock Exchange. 

The principal activities and business overview of the Group 
are set out on pages 4-11 within the Strategic Report which 
is incorporated by reference and forms part of this 
Directors’ Report. 

of its current facilities for a period of at least 12 months 
from the date of this Report. Therefore, the Directors 
continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing the Group and Company financial statements.

The Group refinanced it’s £10m RCF in January 2023 for a 
three year period to January 2026, with the option to 
extend for an additional year to January 2027.

Further details on going concern are provided in note 2 of 
the Group financial statements which is incorporated by 
reference and forms part of this Directors’ Report.

Directors and their interests 
The Directors of the Company who were in office during the 
year and up to the date of signing the Group financial 
statements were: 

Business review and future developments
A review of the performance of the Company during the 
year, including principal risks and uncertainties, key 
performance indicators and comments on likely future 
developments in its businesses is given in the Strategic 
Report on pages 2-55.

Richard Law

Christopher Lee

Claire Thomson

Yvonne Monaghan

Stuart Warriner

In accordance with the Articles of Association, a third of the 
Group Board are required to stand for re-election at the 
forthcoming AGM and any Director who has not been 
re-elected at one of the two previous AGMs is to be 
proposed for re-election. However, to align best practice, 
the Group Board has again decided that all Directors would 
retire and seek re-election by the Company’s shareholders 
at the 2023 AGM. The Directors confirm that having 
conducted a performance evaluation, each Director 
continues to contribute and demonstrate commitment to 
their role.

The Directors who held office during the year and as at 
31 December 2022 had the interests in the Ordinary Shares 
of the Company as shown in the table on page 88.

In addition to the interest in Ordinary Shares shown in the 
table on page 88, the Group operates a Long Term Incentive 
Plan (LTIP) for senior executives, under which awards may 
be granted over shares in the Company. The maximum 
number of Ordinary Shares which could be issued to 
Directors in the future under LTIP awards as at 31 December 
2022 is shown below: 

Name of Director

Christopher Lee 

Claire Thomson

Number

699,411

516,988

Results and dividends
The Group recorded revenue in the year of £134.0m (FY 21: 
£115.1m) and profit after tax of £7.6m (FY 21: £7.3m). No 
interim dividend has been paid in the year (FY 21: £nil). 

The Board has considered its position on dividend payments 
and concluded that the Group has reached an appropriate 
point to begin to implement a progressive dividend policy. In 
doing so, it is planned that the Group will move, in the 
medium-term, towards its stated position at IPO of making 
dividend payments of c.30% of profit after tax. As such, the 
Group Board is proposing the payment of a final dividend of 
0.6 pence per share for FY 22, a distribution totalling £1m, 
payable on 2 June 2023, subject to shareholder approval, to 
those Shareholders on the register of members on 28 April 
2023. The shares will trade exdividend on 27 April 2023.

Financial risk management
Information relating to the principal risks and uncertainties 
of the Group has been included within the Strategic Report 
on pages 51-55. Further information relating to the financial 
risk of the Group has been included within note 22, financial 
risk management.

Going concern
In assessing the appropriateness of adopting the going 
concern basis in the preparation of these financial 
statements, the Directors have prepared cash flow 
forecasts and projections for the two years ending 
31 December 2024. Following careful consideration of the 
base case forecasts and the application of severe but 
plausible downside scenarios to these forecasts, the 
Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has 
adequate resources to continue to operate within the level 

90

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Directors’ report
For the year ended 31 December 2022

The Group also operates a Group Sharesave Plan (SAYE) for 
all employees which Executive Directors may elect to 
participate in. The maximum number of Ordinary Shares 
which could be issued to Directors in the future under SAYE 
awards as at 31 December 2022 is shown below:

Name of Director

Christopher Lee

Claire Thomson

Number

14,754

14,754

The market price of the Company’s shares at the end of the 
financial year was 90p (31 December 2021: 132.50p) and the 
range of market prices during the year ended 31 December 
2022 was between 78p and 132.50p.

Further details on related party transactions with Directors 
are provided in note 24 of the Group financial statements.

Directors’ insurance
The Company maintains Directors’ and Officers’ liability 
insurance for the Directors, which was in force during the 
full year 2022 and remains in force as at the date of this 
report.

Significant shareholdings
As at 20 March 2023, the Company has been advised, in 
accordance with the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of 
the Financial Conduct Authority of the following notifiable 
interests in 3% or more of its voting rights:

Name of Shareholder

Number Percentage

Liontrust Asset Management 

BlackRock 

Fidelity International 

Amati Global Investors 

34,485,780 

20.6%

23,306,162 

13.9%

13,685,217 

10,712,614 

River and Mercantile Asset Management 

9,877,980 

Aegon Asset Management UK 

Chelverton Asset Management 

Janus Henderson Investors 

Otus Capital Management 

Christopher Lee 

Jupiter Asset Management 

Columbia Threadneedle 

6,764,504 

6,750,000 

6,307,605 

6,252,187 

6,091,515 

5,519,800 

5,165,658 

8.2%

6.4%

5.9%

4.0%

4.0%

3.8%

3.7%

3.6%

3.3%

3.1%

Employee Engagement Statement
How the Group Board engages with the Group’s teams as a 
key stakeholder, and has regard to their interests in 
decision-making can be found within the Strategic Report 
on pages 22-25 and in the ‘engagement with the business 
and teams’ section on page 58. Those sections are 
incorporated by reference and form part of this Directors’ 
Report.

The activity outlined includes ensuring that arrangements 
are in place aimed at providing employees systematically 
with information on matters of concern to them and 
consulting them or their representatives regularly. so that 

their views can be taken into account when making 
decisions that are likely to affect their interests. Employee 
involvement in the Group is encouraged by the Group 
Board, as common goals and awareness of the Group’s 
strategy play a major role in delivering its medium to 
long-term strategic objectives. Awards under the Group’s 
Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) were made on 29 March 
2022 in which 65 senior staff across the Group 
participated. The Executive Directors hosted virtual 
meetings with each senior team involved across the Group 
to update on LTIP progress and take questions directly, 
aimed at achieving a common awareness on the part of 
employees of the financial and economic factors affecting 
the performance of the Group.

The Group recognises its responsibility to employ disabled 
persons in suitable employment and gives full and fair 
consideration to such persons, including any employee who 
becomes disabled, having regard to their particular 
aptitudes and abilities. Where practicable, disabled 
employees are treated equally with all other employees in 
respect of their eligibility for training, career development 
and promotion. For further information on the Group’s DEI 
policy please see page 36.

Statement on Engagement with other Stakeholders
Investing in and developing our stakeholder relationships is 
central to our Group values. The Group Board believes the 
success of its strategy depends on the Group’s ability to 
foster effective business relationships with all of our 
stakeholders. Their interests are important to the Group 
Board and it is committed to ensuring that strong, positive 
relationships are maintained with them, built on a 
foundation of mutual respect, trust and understanding. The 
Directors have had regard to the need to foster the Group’s 
business relationships with suppliers and customers and 
others. Further information on this engagement can be 
found within our Strategic Report on pages 18-22, in the 
‘engagement with the business and teams’ section on 
page 58 and also in our Section 172(1) statement on 
pages 22-25 where we provide details of stakeholder 
engagement and the impact of that on the Group Board’s 
decision making. Those sections are incorporated by 
reference and form part of this Directors’ Report.

Political donations
It is the Company’s policy not to make political donations. 

The Directors confirm that no donations for political 
purposes were made during the year (2021: nil).

Share capital and voting
The Company has one class of equity share, 1 pence 
Ordinary Shares, with full voting, dividend and capital 
distribution rights, including on winding up. They are 
non-redeemable. The rights and obligations attaching to 
these shares are governed by the Companies Act 2006 and 
the Company’s Articles of Association.

91

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Directors’ report
For the year ended 31 December 2022

As at 31 December 2022, the Company’s issued share 
capital comprised: 167,450,893 Ordinary Shares of 1 pence.

Shareholders’ Authority for the Purchase by the 
Company of its own Shares 
At the 2022 AGM, Shareholders authorised the Company to 
make market purchases of up to a maximum number of 
Ordinary Shares of 16,745,000, which represented 
approximately 10% of the Company’s issued Ordinary share 
capital on the latest practicable date prior to publication of 
the 2022 Notice of Annual General Meeting. The minimum 
price allowed for such purchases is nominal value and the 
maximum is 5% above the average of the middle market 
quotations for such shares for the five business days 
immediately preceding the day of purchase. The Directors 
intend to seek renewal of this authority, which is due to 
expire at the conclusion of the 2023 AGM. Further details 
are given in the 2023 Notice of Annual General Meeting.

Appointment and replacement of Directors and 
changes to constitution
Rules governing the appointment and replacement of 
Directors and those relating to the amendments of the 
Company’s Articles of Association are contained within the 
Articles of Association. The Articles of Association are 
available on the Company’s website.

Notice of Annual General Meeting
Details of business to be conducted at this year’s AGM, are 
contained in the Notice of the Annual General Meeting 
which will be communicated to shareholders separately. 
It is the opinion of the Directors that the passing of these 
resolutions is in the best interest of the shareholders. 

Corporate governance
The Company adheres to the Corporate Governance Code 
for Small and Mid-Size Quoted Companies 2018 published 
by the Quoted Companies Alliance (the ‘QCA Code’). Our 
governance structure and the Group’s statement on 
corporate governance can be found in the Corporate 
Governance section of this report on pages 67-73 which is 
incorporated by reference and forms part of this Directors’ 
Report. It can also be found on the Company’s website.

Forward-looking statements 
This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements 
that involve risk and uncertainties. The Group’s actual 
results could differ materially from those estimated or 
anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of 
many factors. Information contained in this Annual Report 
relating to the Company should not be relied upon as a 
guide to future performance.

Events after the end of financial year
There were no events occurring after the balance sheet 
date that require disclosing in accordance with IAS10, 
‘Events after the reporting period’.

Greenhouse Gas emissions and energy use
Under the Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited 
Liabilities Partnerships (Energy & Carbon Report) 
Regulations 2019, we are mandated to disclose our UK 
energy use and associated greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. 
Specifically, and as a minimum, we are required to report 
those GHG emissions relating to natural gas, electricity, and 
transport fuel as well as an intensity ratio, under the 
Streamlined Energy & Carbon Reporting (SECR) Regulations. 

In the table on the following page we have reported the 
GHG emissions and energy usage for our UK based 
operations, for a full breakdown of our Group GHG 
emissions please refer to the table on page 33 of this 
report.

Improvements
In 2022, good progress was made in reducing our Scope 1 
and Scope 2 carbon emissions in the UK and Europe. We 
have been successful in switching two of our energy 
contracts over to renewable energy. Our London office was 
switched to using renewable electricity in February 2022 
and our Manchester site switched to a renewable gas 
contract, where the provider purchases 100% renewable 
gas matched to the amount that the site uses, backed by 
renewable gas guarantees of origin (RGGOs) or Biomethane 
certificates (BMCs). Brand Addition’s German operation also 
moved into a new fulfilment centre in April 2022, 
consolidating the office and warehouse locations into a 
single location. Being a newly built building, all of the facility 
is furnished with LED lighting and by consolidating our 
operations we expect to see future savings of our energy 
usage in 2023 when the move is complete. 

Methodology
Market based stationary combustion has been added to 
reflect the purchase of biogas in 2022 backed by RGGOs / 
BMCs. GHG emissions for electricity usage have been 
restated to include the AIB (Association of Issuing Bodies) 
production mix emission factors for location-based figures 
and residual mix emission factors for market-based 
emissions used by the Normative carbon reporting engine. 
Emissions for business travel have been calculated using the 
Normative carbon reporting engine. 

92

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Directors’ report
For the year ended 31 December 2022

Intensity measures
The chosen intensity measurement ratio is the total gross emissions in tonnes CO2e per £m revenue (tCO2e/£m) to allow 
for emissions normalisation.

UK Streamlined energy and carbon reporting data (SECR)

Unit of measure

2022

2021

Variance

Carbon emissions
Direct (Scope 1) - Stationary combustion – Location based

Direct (Scope 1) - Stationary combustion - Market based

Indirect (Scope 2) - Purchased Electricity – Location based

Indirect (Scope 2) - Purchased Electricity – Market based

Other (Scope 3) - Business travel in employees own vehicles

Energy consumption
Gas consumption

Electricity Consumption

Energy consumption from business travel in  
employees own vehicles

Total energy consumption

Total emissions - Location based

Total emissions – Market based

tCO2e
tCO2e
tCO2e
tCO2e
tCO2e

MWh

MWh

MWh

MWh

tCO2e
tCO2e

Intensity ratio (tCO2e per £1m of revenue) Location based

Intensity ratio (tCO2e per £1m of revenue) Market-based

tCO2e per £1m of revenue
tCO2e per £1m of revenue

58

17

61

81

8

283

274

33

590

127

106

1.80

1.53

62

62

49

80

3

306

252

14

572

114

145

1.59

2.01

-6%

-73%

24%

1%

167%

-8%

9%

136%

3%

11%

-27%

13%

-24%

Independent auditors
The Group’s external auditors, PwC, have indicated their willingness to continue in office and in accordance with the 
recommendation of the Audit Committee, a resolution to reappoint PwC as the external auditors will be proposed at the 
upcoming AGM.

By order of the Group Board

Lucy Penfold
Group General Counsel & Company Secretary
21 March 2023

The Pebble Group plc
Broadway House
Trafford Wharf Road
Manchester
M17 1DD

Registered in England and Wales with company number: 12231361

93

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial statements

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
directors have prepared the group financial statements in 
accordance with UK-adopted international accounting 
standards and the company financial statements in 
accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 102 “The Financial Reporting Standard 
applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland”, and applicable 
law).

Under company law, directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view of the state of affairs of the group and 
company and of the profit or loss of the group for that 
period. In preparing the financial statements, the directors 
are required to:
• select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

• state whether applicable UK-adopted international 

accounting standards have been followed for the group 
financial statements and United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, comprising FRS 102 have been followed for the 
company financial statements, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements;

• make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent; and

• prepare the financial statements on the going concern 

basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the group 
and company will continue in business.

The directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of 
the group and company and hence for taking reasonable 
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities.

The directors are also responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the group’s and company’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the 
group and company and enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the company’s website. Legislation in the United 
Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from legislation in other 
jurisdictions.

Directors’ confirmations
In the case of each director in office at the date the 
directors’ report is approved:
• so far as the director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the group’s and company’s auditors 
are unaware; and

• they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken 
as a director in order to make themselves aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that the group’s 
and company’s auditors are aware of that information.

Claire Thomson
CFO
21 March 2023

94

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Independent auditors’ report to the members of The Pebble Group plc
Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion
In our opinion:
• The Pebble Group plc’s group financial statements and 

company financial statements (the “financial statements”) 
give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of 
the company’s affairs as at 31 December 2022 and of the 
group’s profit and the group’s cash flows for the year then 
ended;

Our audit approach
Overview
Audit scope
• The Group consists of two operating segments, Brand 

Addition and FacilisGroup, which are further split into nine 
reporting components of varying size, in the UK, US and 
other countries around the world. The Group financial 
statements are a consolidation of these components.

• the group financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international 
accounting standards as applied in accordance with the 
provisions of the Companies Act 2006;

• We identified four components which required an audit of 
their complete financial information, being The Pebble 
Group plc, Brand Addition UK, Brand Addition US and 
FacilisGroup US.

• the company financial statements have been properly 

• Two further components were also subject to audit 

prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, including FRS 102 “The Financial 
Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of 
Ireland”, and applicable law); and

procedures over specific balances due to their 
contribution to the Group; this included accruals, other 
debtors, property, plant and equipment, and depreciation 
expense in Brand Addition Germany, and intangible assets 
and amortisation expense in Facilisgroup Canada.

• the financial statements have been prepared in 

accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006.

• As a result of this scoping we obtained coverage over 82% 

of Group revenue, 74% of Group profit before tax and 
88% of Group Adjusted EBITDA.

We have audited the financial statements, included within 
the Annual Report, which comprise: the consolidated 
statement of financial position and company balance sheet 
as at 31 December 2022; the consolidated income 
statement, consolidated statement of other comprehensive 
income, consolidated and company statements of changes 
in equity and consolidated cash flow statement for the year 
then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, 
which include a description of the significant accounting 
policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in 
the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We believe that the audit 
evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance with 
the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of 
the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard, as applicable to other listed entities of 
public interest, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that 
non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard 
were not provided.

We have provided no non-audit services to the company in 
the period under audit.

Key audit matters
• Accuracy and existence/occurence of capitalised 

development costs (group)

• Risk of impairment of investments in subsidiaries and 

amounts owed by group undertakings (parent)

Materiality
• Overall group materiality: £451,050 (2021: £384,000) 

based on 2.5% of Adjusted EBITDA.

• Overall company materiality: £405,945 (2021: £345,600) 
based on 1% of total assets, restricted to 90% of Group 
financial statement materiality.

• Performance materiality: £338,287 (2021: £288,000) 
(group) and £304,458 (2021: £259,200) (company).

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality 
and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the 
financial statements.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ 
professional judgement, were of most significance in the 
audit of the financial statements of the current period and 
include the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by 
the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect 
on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in 
the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement 
team. These matters, and any comments we make on the 
results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the 
context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, 
and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide 
a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

95

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Independent auditors’ report to the members of The Pebble Group plc 

Risk of impairment of investments in subsidiaries and amounts owed by group undertakings is a new key audit matter this 
year. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Accuracy and existence/occurence of capitalised 
development costs (group)
Refer to Note 2k, Note 3b and Note 11 of the Notes to the 
Group financial statements.

The Group capitalised costs of £6.3 million during the year 
ended 31 December 2022, of which £5.8 million relates to 
internally generated costs.

There is a risk that capitalised development costs additions 
are incorrectly recognised in the closing balance sheet. This 
can arise where internally generated costs (such as wages 
and salaries) are incorrectly capitalised or inaccurately 
recorded.

Risk of impairment of investments in subsidiaries 
and amounts owed by group undertakings (parent)
The company has investments in subsidiaries of £113.3m 
(2021: £112.3m) and amounts owed by group undertakings of 
£80.9m (2021: £80.6m).Given the magnitude of both of 
these balances we considered the risk of impairment of 
these assets.

Management have considered both of these balances for 
impairment and concluded that no impairments are 
required.

We assessed and challenged whether the development 
costs capitalised met the criteria set within IAS 38 
'Intangible assets'. We did not identify any material issues 
in our work in this area.

We corroborated a sample of capitalised development 
costs to source documentation, and traced through 
hours to the taskpoint system, and determined that they 
had been recorded accurately and met the criteria for 
capitalisation.

We agreed, and challenged, on a sample basis, that the 
proportion of internal employee costs capitalised was 
appropriate based upon their roles and responsibilities 
and contracts of employment.

We evaluated the disclosures included within the 
financial statements relating to capitalised development 
costs and found them to be appropriate and complete.

In assessing the appropriateness of valuation of investment 
in subsidiaries and amounts owed by group undertakings 
we have performed the following procedures:

We obtained a schedule of investments in subsidiaries and 
ensured this is reconciled to the financial statements;

We compared the overall carrying value of the 
investments to the group’s market capitalisation. As this 
was a trigger for impairment, we also reviewed 
managements discounted cash flow models prepared for 
the purposes of testing overall group goodwill for 
impairment.

Based on the above procedures we concluded that there 
was no impairment to the carrying value of investments.

We performed a reconciliation of the amounts owed by 
group undertakings and ensured this agrees with the 
counterparty;

We evaluated management’s assessment of the 
recoverability of amounts owed by group undertakings 
including assessing the ability of other group companies to 
settle the intercompany balances; and

We also assessed the adequacy of the disclosure provided 
in the company financial statements in relation to the 
relevant accounting standards.

We found no exceptions as a result of our procedures and 
consider the recoverability of amounts owed by group 
undertakings to be appropriate.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we 
performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on 
the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the 
structure of the group and the company, the accounting 
processes and controls, and the industry in which they 
operate.

The Group is split into two main operating segments, being 
Brand Addition and FacilisGroup. These are further split into 
thirteen components, which vary in size, and represent 
smaller operations in other countries around the world. The 
Group financial statements are a consolidation of these 
reporting components, as well as central operations.

96

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022We identified four full scope components based on their 
Adjusted EBITDA contribution: The Pebble Group plc, Brand 
Addition UK, Brand Addition US and FacilisGroup US.

We also audited material consolidation journals. All audit 
work was performed by the Group audit team.

As a result of this scoping we obtained coverage over 82% 
of Group revenue, 74% of Group profit before tax and 88% 
of Group Adjusted EBITDA.

The impact of climate risk on our audit
As part of our audit we made enquiries of management to 
understand the process they have adopted to assess the 
extent of the potential impact of climate risk on the group’s 
financial statements.

The Group continues to develop its assessment of the 
potential impacts of environmental, social and governance 
("ESG") related risks, including climate change, as outlined in 
the Strategic Report on pages 31 to 43.

The directors have reached the overall conclusion that 
there has been no material impact on the financial 
statements for the current year from the potential impact 
of climate change.

We used our knowledge of the group, with assistance from 
our internal climate experts, to challenge management’s 
assessment. We particularly considered how climate risk 

would impact the assumptions made in the forecasts 
prepared by management used in their impairment analyses 
and going concern. We also considered the consistency of 
the disclosures in relation to climate change (including the 
disclosures in the Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD) section) within the Annual Report with 
the financial statements and our knowledge obtained from 
our audit.

Our procedures did not identify any material impact in the 
context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, 
or on our key audit matters for the year ended 31 December 
2022.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of 
materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for 
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, 
helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the 
nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the 
individual financial statement line items and disclosures and 
in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually 
and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined 
materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

How we determined it

Rationale for benchmark applied

Financial statements - group

Financial statements - company

£451,050 (2021: £384,000).

£405,945 (2021: £345,600).

2.5% of Adjusted EBITDA

Based on the benchmarks used in the 
Annual Report, Adjusted EBITDA is the 
primary measure used by the 
shareholders in assessing the 
performance of the Group, and is a 
generally accepted auditing benchmark.

1% of total assets, restricted to 90% of 
Group financial statement materiality

The Company is a non-trading holding 
Company. The entity's assets relate 
solely to their ownership of the 
subsidiary trading companies and thus 
reflect the Company's purpose. 
Company materiality has been restricted 
to ensure it is not greater than 90% of 
the Group's financial statement 
materiality in line with PwC guidance.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we 
allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group 
materiality. The range of materiality allocated across 
components was between £348,800 and £405,900. Certain 
components were audited to a local statutory audit 
materiality that was also less than our overall group 
materiality.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an 
appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of 
uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds 
overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance 
materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the 
nature and extent of our testing of account balances, 
classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in 
determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 
75% (2021: 75%) of overall materiality, amounting to 
£338,287 (2021: £288,000) for the group financial 
statements and £304,458 (2021: £259,200) for the company 
financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered 
a number of factors - the history of misstatements, risk 
assessment and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of 
controls - and concluded that an amount at the upper end 
of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we 
would report to them misstatements identified during our 
audit above £22,552 (group audit) (2021: £19,200) and 
£20,297 (company audit) (2021: £17,280) as well as 
misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, 
warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group's 
and the company’s ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting included:
• obtaining management’s forecasts and information for the 

period to December 2024;

• evaluating and assessing the process by which the Group’s 

future cash flow forecasts were prepared;

97

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Independent auditors’ report to the members of The Pebble Group plc 

• agreeing the opening position of the Group’s cash flow 
forecasts to the 2022 audited financial statements;
• reviewing the arithmetical accuracy of management’s 

forecasts;

• assessing and challenging management’s key assumptions 
in the going concern model, including the forecast sales, 
margins, capital expenditure and other costs assumptions 
over the period to December 2024;

• evaluating the appropriateness of the severe but plausible 
cash flow forecast used in management’s determination of 
the going concern basis of preparation, which included an 
assessment and sensitivity analysis of the key assumptions 
underpinning the cash flows throughout the going concern 
period;

• obtaining the terms of the Group’s financing facility and 
the covenants in place in relation to this facility, and 
determining that the Group’s base case and severe but 
plausible forecasts show compliance with all covenant 
conditions for at least 12 months from the date of the 
approval of financial statements;

• gaining an understanding of the potential mitigating actions 

that the Directors could implement to meet the 
requirements of the covenants; and

• reviewing management’s disclosures in the financial 

statements. We are satisfied that they are consistent with 
the assessment performed. We also read the disclosures 
made in the other information and did not identify any 
inconsistencies with the financial statements.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not 
identified any material uncertainties relating to events or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast 
significant doubt on the group's and the company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve 
months from when the financial statements are authorised 
for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that 
the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 
in the preparation of the financial statements is 
appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be 
predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the 
group's and the company's ability to continue as a going 
concern.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors 
with respect to going concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report.

Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in 
the Annual Report other than the financial statements and 
our auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible 
for the other information. Our opinion on the financial 
statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except 
to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any 
form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our 
responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing 
so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge 
obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially 

98

misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency 
or material misstatement, we are required to perform 
procedures to conclude whether there is a material 
misstatement of the financial statements or a material 
misstatement of the other information. If, based on the 
work we have performed, we conclude that there is a 
material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact. We have nothing to report 
based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors' Report, 
we also considered whether the disclosures required by the 
UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, 
the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain 
opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic report and Directors' Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course 
of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report 
and Directors' Report for the year ended 31 December 
2022 is consistent with the financial statements and has 
been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group 
and company and their environment obtained in the course 
of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements 
in the Strategic report and Directors' Report.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and 
the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial 
statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors' 
responsibilities in respect of the financial statements, the 
directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements in accordance with the applicable framework 
and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. 
The directors are also responsible for such internal control 
as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of 
financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are 
responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as 
applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either 
intend to liquidate the group or the company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and 
to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not 
a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it 
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they 
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial 
statements.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-
compliance with laws and regulations. We design 
procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, 
to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, 
including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are 
capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is 
detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we 
identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with 
laws and regulations related to employment legislation, and 
we considered the extent to which non-compliance might 
have a material effect on the financial statements. We also 
considered those laws and regulations that have a direct 
impact on the financial statements such as the Companies 
Act 2006, AIM listing rules and tax legislation. We evaluated 
management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent 
manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk 
of override of controls), and determined that the principal 
risks were related to inappropriate journal entries to 
increase revenue or EBITDA, and management bias in 
accounting estimates. Audit procedures performed by the 
engagement team included:
• obtaining an understanding of the legal and regulatory 

framework applicable to the Group and how the Group is 
complying with that framework;

• discussions with management and the Audit Committee, 
including consideration of known or suspected instances 
of non-compliance with laws and regulation and fraud;
• reviewing minutes of meetings of those charged with 

governance, where available;

accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these 
opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other 
purpose or to any other person to whom this report is 
shown or into whose hands it may come save where 
expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report 
to you if, in our opinion:
• we have not obtained all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit; or

• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or

• certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by 

law are not made; or

• the company financial statements are not in agreement 

with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this 
responsibility.

Jonathan Studholme (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

• incorporating an element of unpredictability into our audit 

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors

Manchester

21 March 2023

procedures;

• identifying and testing journal entries, in particular journal 
entries posted with unusual account combinations; and

• challenging assumptions and judgements made by 

management in their significant accounting estimates.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures 
described above. We are less likely to become aware of 
instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that 
are not closely related to events and transactions reflected 
in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of 
not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve 
deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or 
intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete 
populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly 
using data auditing techniques. However, it typically involves 
selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than 
testing complete populations. We will often seek to target 
particular items for testing based on their size or risk 
characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to 
enable us to draw a conclusion about the population from 
which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for 
and only for the company’s members as a body in 

99

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Consolidated income statement
For the year ended 31 December 2022

Revenue

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit
Operating expenses

Operating profit

Analysed as:

Adjusted EBITDA1

Depreciation

Amortisation

Share-based payment charge

Total operating profit

Finance expense 

Profit before taxation

Income tax expense

Profit for the year

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Note

4

5

5

12

11

23

7

9

10

10

2022
£’000

134,025

(81,279)

52,746

(42,523)

10,223

2021
£’000

115,101

(73,128)

41,973

(32,107)

9,866

18,042

15,378

(2,384)

(4,182)

(1,253)

10,223

(520)

9,703

(1,986)

(2,811)

(715)

9,866

(549)

9,317

(2,090)

(1,970)

7,613

4.55p

4.54p

7,347

4.39p

4.38p

Note 1: Adjusted EBITDA, which is defined as operating profit before depreciation, amortisation, exceptional items, and share-based payment charge is a non-GAAP metric used by 
management and is not an IFRS disclosure.

All results derive from continuing operations. 

100

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Consolidated statement of other comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 December 2022

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit and loss

Foreign operations – foreign currency translation differences

Other comprehensive income for the year

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

2,190

2,190

7,613

9,803

277

277

7,347

7,624

101

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Consolidated statement of financial position
As at 31 December 2022

ASSETS

Non-current assets
Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax asset

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES

Non-current liabilities
Lease liability

Deferred tax liability

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities
Lease liability

Trade and other payables

Current tax liability

Total current liabilities

TOTAL LIABILITIES

NET ASSETS

Equity and reserves
Share capital

Share premium

Capital reserve

Merger reserve

Translation reserve

Share-based payments reserve

Retained earnings

TOTAL EQUITY

Note

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

11

12

13

14

15

16

17, 19

13

18, 19

18

18

20

20

60,002

9,492

292

69,786

15,447

34,693

15,058

65,198

55,674

7,927

300

63,901

10,093

29,422

12,051

51,566

134,984

115,467

7,490

2,860

10,350

1,569

36,413

1,063

39,045

49,395

85,589

1,675

78,451

125

6,388

3,035

9,423

1,384

30,065

20

31,469

40,892

74,575

1,675

78,451

125

(103,581)

(103,581)

863

1,892

106,164

85,589

(1,327)

681

98,551

74,575

The notes on pages 105 to 131 are an integral part of these financial statements.

The financial statements on pages 100 to 131 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 
21 March 2023, and were signed on its behalf by:

C Thomson
Director
21 March 2023

102

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 December 2022

Share 
capital
£’000

Share 
premium
£’000

Capital 
reserve
£’000

Merger 
reserve
£’000

Translation 
reserve
£’000

Share-based 
payments
 reserve
£’000

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

Total 
equity
£’000

At 1 January 2021

1,800

78,451

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive 
income for the year

Total comprehensive 
income

Purchase of deferred 
shares

Employee share schemes 
– value of employee 
services (note 23)

Deferred tax on employee 
share schemes

Total transactions with 
owners recognised in 
equity 

-

-

-

(125)

-

-

(125)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

At 31 December 2021

1,675

78,451

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive 
income for the year

Total comprehensive 
income

Employee share schemes 
– value of employee 
services (note 23)

Deferred tax on employee 
share schemes

Total transactions with 
owners recognised in 
equity

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

125

-

-

125

125

-

-

-

-

-

-

(103,581)

(1,604)

13

91,204

66,283

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

277

277

-

-

-

-

(103,581)

(1,327)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2,190

2,190

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

601

67

668

681

-

-

-

1,196

15

1,211

7,347

7,347

-

277

7,347

7,624

-

-

-

-

-

601

67

668

98,551

74,575

7,613

7,613

-

2,190

7,613

9,803

-

-

-

1,196

15

1,211

At 31 December 2022

1,675

78,451

125

(103,581)

863

1,892

106,164

85,589

The notes on pages 105 to 131 are an integral part of these financial statements.

103

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Consolidated cash flow statement
For the year ended 31 December 2022

Operating profit
Adjustments for:

– Depreciation

– Amortisation

– Share-based payment charge

– Loss/(profit) on disposal of fixed assets

Cash flows from operating activities before changes in working capital
– Change in inventories

– Change in trade and other receivables

– Change in trade and other payables

Cash flows from operating activities
–  Income taxes paid 

Net cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
– Purchase of property, plant and equipment

– Purchase of intangible assets

Net cash flows used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
– Lease payments

–  Interest paid

Net cash flows used in financing activities

NET CASH FLOWS

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

The notes on pages 105 to 131 are an integral part of these financial statements.

Note

12

11

23

14

15

18

12

11

7

16

16

2022
£’000

10,223

2,384

4,182

1,253

19

18,061

(5,354)

(5,271)

7,263

14,699

(1,712)

12,987

(945)

(7,434)

(8,379)

(1,737)

(520)

(2,257)

2,351

12,051

656

15,058

2021
£’000

9,866

1,986

2,811

715

(13)

15,365

2,016

(8,433)

3,556

12,504

(521)

11,983

(680)

(4,602)

(5,282)

(1,360)

(549)

(1,909)

4,792

7,066

193

12,051

104

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Notes to the Group financial statements

1. General information 
The principal activity of The Pebble Group plc (the 
“Company”) is that of a holding company and the principal 
activity of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) is 
the sale of digital commerce, products and related services 
to the promotional merchandise industry. The Group has 
two segments, Brand Addition and Facilisgroup. For Brand 
Addition this is the sale of promotional products 
internationally, to many of the world’s best-known brands, 
and for Facilisgroup the provision of digital commerce, 
consolidated buying power, and community learning and 
networking events to SME promotional product distributors 
in North America, its Partners, through subscription-based 
services.

The Company was incorporated on 27 September 2019 in 
the United Kingdom and is a public company limited by 
shares registered in England and Wales. The registered 
office of the Company is Broadway House, Trafford Wharf 
Road, Trafford Park, Manchester, England M17 1DD. The 
Company registration number is 12231361.

2. Accounting policies 
(a) Basis of preparation
The Group financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting 
Standards and with the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those 
standards. The Company financial statements have been 
prepared under FRS 102. Both financial statements have 
been prepared on the historical cost basis with the 
exception of certain items which are measured at fair value 
as disclosed in the principal accounting policies set out 
below. These policies have been consistently applied to all 
years presented unless otherwise stated. 

The financial information is presented in Sterling and has 
been rounded to the nearest thousand (£’000).

(b) Going concern
The Group meets its day-to-day working capital 
requirements through its own cash balances and committed 
banking facilities. The Group refinanced its £10m RCF in 
January 2023 for a three-year period to January 2026, with 
the option to extend for an additional year to January 2027. 
In assessing the appropriateness of adopting the going 
concern basis in the preparation of these financial 
statements, the Directors have prepared cash flow 
forecasts and projections for the two years ending 
31 December 2024.  

The forecasts and projections, which the Directors consider to 
be prudent, have been further sensitised by applying 
reductions to revenue growth and margin, to consider a severe 
but plausible downside. Under both the base and sensitised 
case the Group is expected to have headroom against 
covenants, which are based on interest cover and net leverage, 
and a sufficient level of financial resources available through 
existing facilities when the future funding requirements of the 
Group are compared with the level of committed available 
facilities. Based on this, the Directors are satisfied that the 
Group has adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they 
continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
Group and Company financial statements.

(c) Forward-looking statements
Certain statements in this Annual Report are forward 
looking with respect to the operations, strategy, 
performance, financial condition, and growth opportunities 
of the Group.  The terms “expect”, “anticipate”, “should 
be”, “will be”, “is likely to”, and similar expressions, identify 
forward-looking statements. Although the Board believes 
that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking 
statements are reasonable, by their nature these 
statements are based on assumptions and are subject to a 
number of risks and uncertainties. Actual events could differ 
materially from those expressed or implied by these 
forward-looking statements.  Factors which may cause 
future outcomes to differ from those foreseen in 
forward-looking statements include, without limitation: 
general economic conditions and business conditions in the 
Group’s markets, customers’ expectations and behaviours, 
supply chain developments, technology changes, the 
actions of competitors, exchange rate fluctuations, and 
legislative, fiscal and regulatory developments.  Information 
contained in these financial statements relating to the 
Group should not be relied upon as a guide to future 
performance.

(d) New standards, amendments and 
interpretations
New and amended standards adopted by the Group 
The Group has applied the following standards and 
amendments for the first time for its annual reporting 
period commencing 1 January 2022: 
• Amendment to IFRS 16, ‘Leases’ – Covid-19 related rent 
concessions Extension of the practical expedient; and
• Narrow-scope amendments to IFRS 3, IAS 16, IAS 37 and 
some annual improvements on IFRS 1, IFRS 9, IAS 41 and 
IFRS 16

The amendments listed above do not have any impact on 
the amounts recognised in prior periods and are not 
expected to significantly affect current or future periods. 

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted 
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have 
been published that are not mandatory for 31 December 
2022 reporting periods and have not been early adopted by 
the Group. These standards are not expected to have a 
material impact on the Group in the current or future 
reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions. 

Judgements made by the Directors in the application of 
these accounting policies that have a significant effect on 
these financial statements together with estimates with a 
significant risk of material adjustment in the next year are 
discussed in note 3.

(e) Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has 
control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is 
exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its 
involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect 
those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries 
are fully consolidated from the date on which control is 
transferred to the Group and are deconsolidated from the 
date control ceases.

105

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Notes to the Group financial statements
(continued)

2. Accounting policies (continued)
Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains 
and losses on transactions between Group companies are 
eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been 
changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the 
policies adopted by the Group.

(f) Revenue
Revenue arises from the provision of services through 
digital commerce  and a global infrastructure that enables 
the efficient sale and distribution of products to support 
corporate marketing activity and consumer promotions of 
businesses in Europe, North America and Asia. 

To determine whether to recognise revenue, the Group 
follows the 5-step process as set out within IFRS 15:
1.  Identifying the contract with a customer
2.  Identifying the performance obligations

3.  Determining the transaction price

4.   Allocating the transaction price to the performance 

obligations

5.   Recognising revenue when/as performance obligation(s) 

are satisfied

Revenue is measured at transaction price, stated net of VAT, 
rebates and other sales related taxes.

Revenue is recognised either at a point in time, or 
over-time as the Group satisfies performance obligations by 
transferring the promised goods and services to its 
customers as described below. Variable consideration, 
in the form of rebates, is recognised at a point in time.

Facilisgroup provision of digital commerce, 
consolidated buying power and community 
learning through subscription-based services
Services are provided through signed annual Partner 
agreements. There is one distinct performance obligation, 
being the provision of access to the Facilisgroup network. 
The transaction price is set on 1 January each year by 
reference to the previous year sales volumes and is fixed for 
the financial year. For new Partners, the transaction price is 
calculated by reference to forecasted sales for the year the 
Partner joins. Revenue is recognised over time on a monthly 
basis as the Partners receive the benefits of being part of 
the network. Payments are received on a monthly basis as 
the performance obligations are satisfied over time.
Revenue earned from Preferred Suppliers is recognised 
over time on a monthly basis in line with orders placed by 
Partners with these suppliers. Payments are received 
bi-annually. 

Brand Addition sale of promotional product
Contracts with customers take the form of customer orders 
under a framework agreement. There is one distinct 
performance obligation, being the design, sourcing and 
distribution of products to the customer, for which the 
transaction price is clearly identified. Revenue is recognised 
at a point in time when the Group satisfies performance 
obligations by transferring the promised goods to its 
customers, i.e. when control has passed from the Group to 
the customer. This tends to be on receipt of the product by 
the customer.

Customer invoices tend to be raised when the goods are 
delivered and the performance obligation is satisfied. These 

106

invoices are shown within trade receivables and payment is 
usually made within 60 days (being the common payment 
terms).  In cases where the goods have been delivered and 
an invoice cannot be raised at that time, the income is 
accrued and presented within trade receivables on the 
statement of financial position. A small number of 
customers are invoiced in advance and these amounts are 
deferred and presented within contract liabilities.  

(g) Supplier rebates
In the Brand Addition segment, amounts due under rebate 
agreements are recognised based upon volumes of products 
purchased during the period to which the rebates relate at 
the relevant rebate rates, per supplier agreements. Amounts 
are credited to the cost of purchase of goods for resale and 
any accrued income is included in other receivables. 

(h) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
Earnings before Interest, Taxation, Depreciation and 
Amortisation (“EBITDA”) and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP 
measures used by management to assess the operating 
performance of the Group. EBITDA is defined as operating 
profit before depreciation and amortisation. Exceptional 
items and share-based payment charge are excluded from 
EBITDA to calculate Adjusted EBITDA.

The Directors primarily use the Adjusted EBITDA measure 
when making decisions about the Group’s activities. As 
these are non-GAAP measures, EBITDA and Adjusted 
EBITDA measures used by other entities may not be 
calculated in the same way and hence are not directly 
comparable.

(i) Taxation
Current tax is provided at amounts expected to be paid 
(or recovered) using the tax rates and laws that have been 
enacted or substantively enacted by the balance 
sheet date.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all timing 
differences that have originated but not reversed at the 
balance sheet date where events or transactions that result 
in an obligation to pay more tax in the future, or a right to 
pay less tax in future, have occurred at the balance sheet 
date. Timing differences are differences between the 
Group’s taxable profits and its results as stated in the 
financial statements that arise from the inclusion of gains 
and losses in tax assessments in periods different from 
those in which they are recognised in the financial 
statements. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are 
offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset 
current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the 
deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority.

A net deferred tax asset is regarded as recoverable, and 
therefore recognised only to the extent that, on the basis of 
all available evidence, it can be regarded as more likely than 
not that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the 
future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be 
deducted.

Deferred tax is measured at the average tax rates that are 
expected to apply in the periods in which the timing 
differences are expected to reverse based on tax rates and 
laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is measured on a 
non-discounted basis.

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. Accounting policies (continued)
Current and deferred tax is recognised in profit or loss, 
except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in 
other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this 
case, the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive 
income or directly in equity, respectively.

(j) Finance costs
Finance costs of financial liabilities are recognised in the 
income statement over the term of such instruments at a 
constant rate on the carrying amount. Foreign exchange 
differences on revaluation of foreign currency borrowings 
are also presented within finance costs.

(k) Intangible assets
All business combinations are accounted for by applying the 
purchase method. Goodwill represents the difference 
between the cost of the acquisition and the fair value of the 
net identifiable assets acquired. Identifiable intangibles are 
those which can be sold separately, or which arise from 
legal or contractual rights regardless of whether those 
rights are separable and are initially recognised at fair value. 
In cases where the vendors of an acquired business 
are required to remain employed by the Group 
post-acquisition, the deferred payments are treated as 
post-acquisition remuneration and charged to profit 
and loss.

Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment 
losses. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units and is 
not amortised but is tested annually for impairment. Other 
intangibles are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation 
and accumulated impairment losses.

All intangible assets are denominated in the functional 
currency of the relevant subsidiary company and 
retranslated into Sterling at each period end date. Exchange 
differences are dealt with through the Consolidated 
statement of other comprehensive income. Intangible 
assets are presented in note 11.

Customer relationships
Customer relationships acquired in a business combination 
are recognised at fair value at the date of acquisition. 
Customer relationships have a finite life and are 
subsequently carried at cost less accumulated amortisation. 
Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to 
allocate the cost of these assets over their estimated useful 
lives of 20 years.

Development costs
Research costs are charged to the income statement in the 
year in which they are incurred and are presented within 
operating expenses. Internal development costs that are 
incurred during the development of significant and 
separately identifiable new technology are capitalised when 
the following criteria are met:
• it is technically feasible to complete the technological 

development so that it will be available for use;

• management intends to complete the technological 

development and use or sell it;

• it can be demonstrated how the technological 

development will develop probable future economic 
benefits;

• adequate technical, financial and other resources to 

complete the development and to use or sell the product 
are available; and

• expenditure attributable to the technological product 

during its development can be reliably measured.

Capitalised development costs include costs of materials 
and direct labour costs. Internal costs that are capitalised 
are limited to incremental costs specific to the project. 

Other development expenditures that do not meet these 
criteria are recognised as an expense as incurred and 
presented within operating expenses, together with any 
amortisation which is charged to the income statement on 
a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of 
development intangible assets.

Assets classified as “work in progress” are not amortised as 
such assets are not currently available for (or in) use. Once 
available for use, assets will be recategorised and amortised 
at the rate appropriate to their classification.

Computer software
Computer software purchased separately, that does not 
form an integral part of related hardware, is capitalised at 
cost.

Amortisation is charged to profit or loss on a straight-line 
basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets 
unless such lives are indefinite and is presented within 
operating expenses. All intangible assets are amortised from 
the date they are available for use. The estimated useful 
lives are as follows:
• Customer relationships – 20 years;
• Computer software – 3-5 years;
• Development costs – 3 years.

(l) Impairment losses
The carrying amounts of the Group’s assets are tested for 
impairment. Assets with an indefinite useful life are not 
depreciated or amortised but are tested for impairment at 
each reporting date. Assets subject to amortisation/
depreciation and impairment losses are tested for 
impairment every time events or circumstances indicate 
that they may be impaired.

Impairment losses are recognised in the income statement 
based on the difference between the carrying amount and 
the recoverable amount. 
An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which 
the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable 
amount, which is the higher of fair value less costs of 
disposal and value in use. To determine the value in use, 
management estimates expected future cash flows and 
determines a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the 
present value of those cash flows. The data used for 
impairment testing procedures are directly linked to the 
Group’s latest approved budget, adjusted as necessary to 
exclude the effects of future reorganisations and asset 
enhancements. Discount factors are determined individually 
for each asset and reflect current market assessments of 
the time value of money and asset-specific risk.

107

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Notes to the Group financial statements
(continued)

2. Accounting policies (continued)
The Group makes use of a simplified approach in accounting 
for trade and other receivables and records the loss 
allowance as lifetime expected credit losses. These are the 
expected shortfalls in contractual cash flows, considering 
the potential for default at any point during the life of the 
financial instrument. In calculating, the Group uses its 
historical experience, external indicators and 
forward-looking information to calculate the expected 
credit losses.

The Group assesses impairment of trade receivables on a 
collective basis as they possess shared credit risk 
characteristics; they have been grouped based on the days 
past due.

(m) Financial instruments
The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers into and out of 
fair value hierarchy levels as at the end of the reporting 
period.

Level 1: The fair value of financial instruments traded in 
active markets (such as publicly traded derivatives, and 
equity securities) is based on quoted market prices at the 
end of the reporting period. The quoted market price used 
for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid 
price. These instruments are included in level 1.

Level 2: The fair value of financial instruments that are not 
traded in an active market (for example, over-the-counter 
derivatives) is determined using valuation techniques which 
maximise the use of observable market data and rely as 
little as possible on entity-specific estimates. If all significant 
inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, 
the instrument is included in level 2.

Level 3: If one or more of the significant inputs is not based 
on observable market data, the instrument is included in 
level 3. This is the case for unlisted equity securities.

Financial assets
Non-derivative financial assets are classified as either 
financial assets at amortised cost, fair value through profit 
or loss or fair value through other comprehensive income. 
The Group derecognises a financial asset when the 
contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, 
or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash 
flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks 
and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are 
transferred. The basis of classification depends on the 
Group’s business model and the contractual cash flow 
characteristics of the financial asset. The majority of 
financial assets of the Group are held at amortised cost. 

Financial assets include trade and other receivables and 
cash and cash equivalents. Trade and other receivables are 
amounts due from customers for services performed in the 
ordinary course of business. If collection is expected in one 
year or less, they are classified as current assets. If not, they 
are presented as non-current assets. Cash and cash 
equivalents comprise cash balances held in banks.

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method, less provision for impairment. 
Under IFRS 9, the Group elected to use the simplified 
approach to measure the loss allowance at an amount equal 

108

to lifetime expected credit losses for trade receivables. 
A provision for impairment of trade receivables is 
established when there is objective evidence that the 
Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according 
to the original terms of the receivables. Significant financial 
difficulties of the counterparty, probability that the 
counterparty will enter bankruptcy or financial 
reorganisation, and default or delinquency in payments are 
considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. 
In addition, IFRS 9 requires the Group to consider forward-
looking information and the probability of default when 
calculating expected credit losses. The measurement of 
expected credit losses reflects an unbiased and probability 
weighted amount that is determined by evaluating the range 
of possible outcomes as well as incorporating the time value 
of money. The expected loss rates are based on the 
payment profiles of sales over the year and the 
corresponding historical credit losses experienced within 
this period. The historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect 
current and forward-looking information on factors 
affecting the ability of the customers to settle the 
receivables.

The Group considers reasonable and supportable 
customer-specific and market information about past 
events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic 
conditions when measuring expected credit losses. The 
amount of the provision is the difference between the 
carrying amount and the present value of estimated future 
cash flows of the asset, discounted, where material, at the 
original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the 
asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account, 
and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income 
statement within operating expenses. 

When a trade receivable is uncollectable, it is written off 
against the allowance account for trade receivables. 
Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off 
are credited against operating expenses in the income 
statement. Only when amounts are confirmed irrecoverable, 
are they written off to the income statement.

Financial liabilities
Non-derivative financial liabilities are initially recognised at 
fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. 
Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method. The Group’s borrowings, finance leases, trade, and 
most other payables fall into this category of financial 
instruments.

The Group derecognises a financial liability when its 
contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expire.

Financial derivatives
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its 
exposure to risks arising from operational activities, 
principally foreign exchange risk. In accordance with 
treasury policy, the Group does not hold or issue derivative 
financial instruments for trading purposes. The Group does 
not hedge account for these items. Any gain or loss arising 
from derivative financial instruments is based on changes in 
fair value, which is determined by direct reference to active 
market transactions or using a valuation technique where no 
active market exists. At certain times the Group has foreign 
currency forward contracts that fall into this category.

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. Accounting policies (continued)
(n) Foreign currencies
Items included in the financial statements are measured 
using the currency of the primary economic environment in 
which the Group operates (“the functional currency”). 
The functional and presentational currency is Pounds 
Sterling. 

The functional currency of a subsidiary is determined based 
on specific primary and secondary factors including the 
principal currency of the cash flows and the primary 
economic environment in which the subsidiary operates. 
Once determined, the functional currency is used and 
translated for consolidation purposes.

Foreign currency items are translated using the transaction 
date exchange rate. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the 
closing rate. Foreign currency differences are taken to the 
income statement. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that 
are measured based on historical cost in a foreign currency 
are translated at the transaction date exchange rate. 

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including 
goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, 
are translated at closing rates. The income and expenses of 
foreign operations are translated at the average exchange 
rate of the year which approximates to the transaction date 
exchange rates. Exchange differences arising on 
consolidation are presented within other comprehensive 
income. 

(o) Tangible assets and depreciation
Tangible fixed assets are stated at historical purchase cost 
less accumulated depreciation. Cost includes the original 
purchase price of the asset and the costs attributable to 
bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended 
use.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing 
proceeds with carrying amount. These are included in profit 
or loss.

Depreciation is calculated using straight-line method so as 
to write off the cost of an asset, less its estimated residual 
value, over the useful economic life of that asset as follows:
• Fixtures and fittings – 3 - 15 years;
• Computer hardware – 5 years.

(p) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances. Bank 
borrowings that are repayable on demand and form an 
integral part of the Group’s cash management are included 
as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the 
purpose only of the statement of cash flows.

(q) Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value on a FIFO basis. Cost comprises purchase price plus 
associated freight and duty costs for imported goods. 
Inventories are regularly assessed for evidence of 
impairment. Where such evidence is identified, a provision 
is recognised to reduce the value of stock to its selling price 
after incurring any future costs to sell.

(r) Leases
The Group applies IFRS 16 to account for leases. 
At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a 
contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, 
a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use 
of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for 
consideration.

The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease 
liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use 
asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the 
initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease 
payments made at or before the commencement date, plus 
any initial direct costs incurred, and an estimate of costs to 
restore the underlying asset, less any lease incentives 
received. Extension and termination options are included in 
a number of property and equipment leases across the 
Group and so lease payments to be made under reasonably 
certain extension options are also included in the 
measurement of the liability.

The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using 
the straight-line method from the commencement date to 
the earlier of the end of the useful life of the right-of-use 
asset or the end of the lease term. In addition, the 
right-of-use asset is periodically reduced by impairment 
losses, if any, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of 
the lease liabilities.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of 
lease payments that were not paid at the commencement 
date, discounted using the Group’s incremental borrowing 
rate, which is based on the Group’s financing facilities, and 
adjusted where necessary for the specific terms of the 
lease. 

The lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method. If there is a remeasurement of 
the lease liability, a corresponding adjustment is made to 
the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset, or is 
recorded directly in profit or loss if the carrying amount of 
the right-of-use asset is zero.

The Group presents right-of-use assets within property, 
plant and equipment in note 12.

Short-term leases and low value assets
The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets 
and lease liabilities for short-term lease of machinery that 
have a lease term of 12 months or less, or leases of low 
value assets. These lease payments are expensed on a 
straight-line basis over the lease term.

(s) Segmental reporting
The Group reports its business activities in two areas being: 
• Brand Addition - sale of promotional product through 
services provided under framework contracts on an 
international basis; and

• Facilisgroup - provision of digital commerce, consolidated 

buying power and community learning and networking 
events to SME promotional product distributors in North 
America through subscription-based services.

This is reported in a manner consistent with the internal 
reporting to the Executive Directors, who have been 
identified as the Chief Operating Decision Maker.  

109

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Notes to the Group financial statements
(continued)

2. Accounting policies (continued)
(t) Employee benefits
The Group provides a range of benefits to employees, 
including annual bonus arrangements, paid holiday 
arrangements and defined contribution pension plans.

Short-term benefits
Short-term benefits, including holiday pay and other similar 
non-monetary benefits, are recognised as an expense in the 
period in which the service is received.

Defined contribution pension plans
The Group operates a number of country-specific defined 
contribution plans for its employees. A defined contribution 
plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed 
contributions into a separate entity. Once the contributions 
have been paid, the Group has no further payment 
obligations. The contributions are recognised as an expense 
when they are due. Amounts not paid are included in 
accruals within trade and other payables in the statement 
of financial position. The assets of the plans are held 
separately from the Group in independently administered 
funds.

Share-based payments
Equity-settled awards are valued at the grant date, and the 
fair value is charged as an expense in the income statement 
spread over the vesting period. Fair value of the awards are 
measured using an adjusted form of the Black-Scholes 
model which includes a Monte Carlo simulation model. The 
fair value of the options, appraised at the grant date, 
includes the impact of market-based vesting conditions if 
applicable. 

Share-based remuneration is recognised as an expense in 
profit or loss with the credit side of the entry being 
recorded in equity. 

Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions 
about the number of options that are expected to become 
exercisable. Estimates are subsequently revised if there is 
any indication that the number of share options expected 
to vest differs from previous estimates. Any adjustment to 
cumulative share-based compensation resulting from a 
revision is recognised in the current period. The number of 
vested options ultimately exercised by holders does not 
impact the expense recorded in any period.

(u) Government grants
In preparing the financial statements, IAS 20, 'Accounting for 
Government Grants and Disclosure of Government 
Assistance' has been applied such that grants have been 
recognised in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the 
periods in which we have recognised the expense for the 
related costs for which the grants are intended to 
compensate. In Germany, a benefit of £0.02m has been 
received and credited to the income statement in 2022 
(2021: £0.5m). This relates to Bridging Assistance for 
companies that have suffered a decline in revenue as a 
result of the pandemic. There are no unfulfilled conditions 
or other contingencies attached to this grant. 

110

(v) Equity, reserves and dividend payments
Share capital
Share capital represents the nominal (par) value of shares 
that have been issued.

Share premium
Share premium represents the difference between the 
nominal value of shares issued and the fair value of 
consideration received. Any transaction costs associated 
with the issuing of shares are deducted from share 
premium, net of any related income tax benefits.

Capital reserve
The capital reserve was created in 2021 as a result of the 
purchase by the Company of all deferred shares in issue.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve was created as a result of the share for 
share exchange under which The Pebble Group plc became 
the parent undertaking prior to the Initial Public Offering 
(“IPO”). Under merger accounting principles, the assets and 
liabilities of the subsidiaries were consolidated at book 
value in the Group financial statements and the 
consolidated reserves of the Group were adjusted to 
reflect the statutory share capital, share premium and 
other reserves of the Company as if it had always existed, 
with the difference presented as the merger reserve.

Translation reserve
The translation reserve includes foreign currency translation 
differences arising from the translation of financial 
statements of the Group’s foreign entities.

Retained earnings
Retained earnings includes all current and prior period 
retained profits and losses.

All transactions with owners of the parent are recorded 
separately within equity.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised when approved by the Group’s 
shareholders or, in the case of interim dividends, when the 
dividend has been paid. No interim dividend has been paid 
in the year (2021: £nil). The Directors recommend the 
payment of a final dividend for 2022 of £1.0m (2021: £nil).

3. Judgements in applying accounting policies 
and key sources of estimation uncertainty
In the preparation of the Group financial statements, the 
Directors, in applying the accounting policies of the Group, 
make some judgements and estimates that affect the 
reported amounts in the financial statements. The following 
are the areas requiring the use of judgement and estimates 
that may significantly impact the financial statements:

(a) Accounting estimates
Information about estimates and assumptions that may have 
the most significant effect on recognition and measurement 
of assets, liabilities, income and expenses is provided on the 
following page. Actual results may be substantially different.

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3. Judgements in applying accounting policies 
and key sources of estimation uncertainty 
(continued)
Goodwill impairment
The Group tests goodwill for impairment every year in 
accordance with the relevant accounting policies. The 
recoverable amounts of cash-generating units are 
determined by calculating value in use. These calculations 
require the use of estimates. As part of these calculations, 
we have considered various sensitivities, explained in 
note 11. A 1% increase in the Weighted Average Cost of 
Capital (“WACC”) would reduce the value in use by £25.7m.

Goodwill relates to the various acquisitions made and 
amounts to £36,139,000 as at 31 December 2022 (2021: 
£35,805,000). The estimates used in the impairment 
calculation are set out in note 11. There is no significant risk 
of material adjustment to the carrying amount of the 
goodwill within the next twelve months. The sensitivities 
applied are explained in note 11.

Useful economic lives of intangible assets
The Directors have estimated the useful economic lives of 
the acquired customer intangible assets to be 20 years 
based upon attrition rates and the Directors’ judgement. 
These lives are reviewed and updated annually. There is no 
significant risk of material adjustment to the carrying 
amount of the intangible assets within the next twelve 
months. No reasonable sensitivity performed in relation to 
the useful economic lives assumption would result in a 
material change in the carrying value of intangible assets.

Useful economic lives of property, plant and 
equipment
Property, plant and equipment is depreciated over the 
useful lives of the assets. Useful lives are based on the 
management’s estimates of the period that the assets will 
generate revenue, which are reviewed annually for 
continued appropriateness. The carrying values are tested 
for impairment when there is an indication that the value of 
the assets might be impaired. When carrying out 
impairment tests these would be based upon future cash 
flow forecasts and these forecasts would be based upon 
management judgement. Future events could cause the 
assumptions to change, therefore, this could have an 
adverse effect on the future results of the Group. There is 
no significant risk of material adjustment to the carrying 
amount of the property, plant and equipment within the 
next twelve months.

The useful economic lives applied are set out in the 
accounting policies and are reviewed annually. No 
reasonable sensitivity performed in relation to the useful 
economic lives assumption would result in a material change 
in the carrying value of property, plant and equipment.

Share-based payment charge
Fair values used in calculating the amount to be expensed as 
a share-based payment is subject to a level of uncertainty. 
These fair values are calculated by applying a valuation 

model, which is in itself judgmental, and takes into account 
certain inherently uncertain assumptions. The basic 
assumptions that are used in the calculations are explained 
further in note 23. No reasonable sensitivity performed in 
relation to the share-based payment assumptions would 
result in a material change to the expense in the 
consolidated income statement.

(b) Accounting judgements
The following are the areas requiring the use of judgement 
that may significantly impact the Group financial statements:

Capitalisation of internal development costs
Distinguishing the research and development phases of a 
new customised project and determining whether the 
recognition requirements for the capitalisation of 
development costs are met requires judgement. After 
capitalisation, management monitors whether the 
recognition requirements continue to be met and at what 
point amortisation should commence, in addition to 
whether there are any indicators that capitalised costs may 
be impaired.

Capitalised development expenditure is analysed further in 
note 11.

4. Segmental analysis
The Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) has been 
identified as the Executive Directors. The Directors have 
determined that the operating segments, based on these 
financial statements, are:
• Brand Addition - sale of promotional product through 

complex services provided under framework contracts on 
an international basis; 

• Facilisgroup - provision of digital commerce, consolidated 

buying power and community learning and networking 
events to SME promotional product distributors in North 
America through subscription-based services; and

• Central operations – certain central activities and costs 

that are not directly related to the activities of the 
operating segments.

Segment information about the above businesses is 
presented on the following page. 

The Executive Directors assess the performance of the 
operating segments based on Adjusted EBITDA. Other 
information provided to the Directors is measured in a 
manner consistent with that in the financial statements. 
Inter-segment transactions are entered into under the 
normal commercial terms and conditions that would also be 
available to unrelated third parties. Segment assets exclude 
centrally held cash at bank and in hand. 

Major customers 
In 2022 there were no major customers that individually 
accounted for at least 10% of total revenues (2021: two 
customers). In 2021, the revenues relating to these 
customers were £33,215,000 and both related to the Brand 
Addition segment.

111

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Notes to the Group financial statements
(continued)

4. Segmental analysis (continued)
Analysis of revenue by geographical destination 

United Kingdom

Continental Europe

US

Rest of World

Total revenue

2022
£’000

22,570

47,236

43,189

21,030

2021
£’000

26,961

38,914

31,675

17,551

134,025

115,101

The geographical revenue information above is based on the location of the customer.

Included within Rest of World is £14,247,000 of revenue from China (2021: £11,638,000).

All the above revenues are generated from contracts with customers and are recognised at a point in time or over time as 
follows:

At a point in time

Over time

Total revenue

2022
£’000

118,507

15,518

134,025

2021
£’000

102,916

12,185

115,101

All non-current assets of the Group reside in the UK, with the exception of non-current assets with a net book value of 
£31,250,000 (2021: £27,111,000) which were located in North America and £2,451,000 (2021: £711,000) located in other 
foreign countries.

Income statement for the year ended 31 December 2022

Brand
Addition
£’000

117,391

(81,279)

Facilisgroup
£’000

16,634

-

36,112

16,634

(28,155)

(11,624)

7,957

5,010

Central
operations
£’000

-

-

-

(2,744)

(2,744)

(2,436)

(39)

-

(269)

2022
£’000

134,025

(81,279)

52,746

(42,523)

10,223

18,042

(2,384)

(4,182)

(1,253)

10,223

(520)

9,703

(2,090)

7,613

11,467

(1,719)

(1,232)

(559)

7,957

(388)

7,569

(1,495)

6,074

9,011

(626)

(2,950)

(425)

5,010

(2,744)

(13)

4,997

(689)

4,308

(119)

(2,863)

94

(2,769)

Revenue

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Operating expenses

Operating profit/(loss)

  Analysed as:
  Adjusted EBITDA
  Depreciation
  Amortisation
  Share-based payment charge

  Total operating profit/(loss)

Finance expense 

Profit/(loss) before taxation
Income tax (expense)/income

Profit/(loss) for the year

112

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS4. Segmental analysis (continued)
Statement of financial position as at 31 December 2022

Brand
Addition
£’000

Facilisgroup
£’000

Central
operations
£’000

2022
£’000

ASSETS

Non-current assets
Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax asset

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES

Non-current liabilities
Lease liability

Deferred tax liability

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities
Lease liability

Trade and other payables

Current tax liability

Total current liabilities

TOTAL LIABILITIES

NET ASSETS/(LIABILITIES)

37,863

6,449

137

22,139

3,004

-

44,449

25,143

15,447

29,989

12,655

58,091

-

4,648

2,265

6,913

102,540

32,056

5,148

-

5,148

1,221

33,543

258

35,022

40,170

62,370

2,315

2,860

5,175

303

2,075

805

3,183

8,358

-

39

155

194

-

56

138

194

388

27

-

27

45

795

-

840

867

23,698

(479)

60,002

9,492

292

69,786

15,447

34,693

15,058

65,198

134,984

7,490

2,860

10,350

1,569

36,413

1,063

39,045

49,395

85,589

113

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Brand
Addition
£’000

102,383

(73,128)

29,255

(22,133)

Facilisgroup
£’000

Central
operations
£’000

2021
£’000

115,101

(73,128)

41,973

-

-

-

(2,397)

(32,107)

12,718

-

12,718

(7,577)

7,122

5,141

(2,397)

9,866

9,932

(1,410)

(1,136)

(264)

7,122

(378)

6,744

(865)

5,879

7,581

(533)

(1,675)

(232)

(2,135)

15,378

(43)

-

(219)

(1,986)

(2,811)

(715)

5,141

(2,397)

9,866

(26)

5,115

(1,131)

3,984

(145)

(2,542)

26

(549)

9,317

(1,970)

(2,516)

7,347

Notes to the Group financial statements
(continued)

4. Segmental analysis (continued)
Income statement for the year ended 31 December 2021

Revenue

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Operating expenses

Operating profit/(loss)

  Analysed as:
  Adjusted EBITDA
  Depreciation
  Amortisation
  Share-based payment charge

  Total operating profit/(loss)

Finance expense 

Profit/(loss) before taxation
Income tax (expense)/income

Profit/(loss) for the year

114

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS4. Segmental analysis (continued)
Statement of financial position as at 31 December 2021

ASSETS

Non-current assets
Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax asset

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES

Non-current liabilities
Lease liability

Deferred tax liability

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities
Lease liability

Trade and other payables

Current tax liability/(asset)

Total current liabilities

TOTAL LIABILITIES

NET ASSETS/(LIABILITIES)

Brand
Addition
£’000

Facilisgroup
£’000

Central
operations
£’000

2021
£’000

37,728

4,766

146

17,946

3,083

58

-

78

96

55,674

7,927

300

42,640

21,087

174

63,901

10,093

25,415

10,335

45,843

88,483

4,018

-

4,018

985

26,500

28

27,513

31,531

56,952

-

3,930

1,230

5,160

26,247

2,349

3,035

5,384

328

2,752

36

3,116

8,500

17,747

-

77

486

563

737

21

-

21

71

813

(44)

840

861

10,093

29,422

12,051

51,566

115,467

6,388

3,035

9,423

1,384

30,065

20

31,469

40,892

(124)

74,575

115

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Notes to the Group financial statements
(continued)

5. Expenses by nature

Inventory recognised as an expense

Other cost of sales

Total cost of sales
Staff costs (note 6)

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 12)

Amortisation of intangible assets (note 11)

Auditors’ remuneration (note 8)

Share-based payment charge (note 23)

Foreign exchange loss and movement in foreign exchange derivative contracts

Increase in provision for expected credit losses

Other external charges

Total operating expenses

2022
£’000

71,649

9,630

81,279

25,769

2,384

4,182

310

1,253

65

34

8,526

42,523

2021
£’000

60,881

12,247

73,128

20,239

1,986

2,811

211

715

4

13

6,128

32,107

Total cost of sales and operating expenses

123,802

105,235

Depreciation and amortisation are charged to operating expenses in the income statement.

Other external charges include a credit of £24,000 (2021: £500,000) from the use of Government schemes.

Additional staff costs of £5,797,000 (2021: £3,667,000) have been capitalised as intangible assets (see note 11).

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

22,423

2,666

680

25,769

2022
£’000

5,749

31

17

17,676

2,001

562

20,239

2021
£’000

3,615

32

20

5,797

3,667

6. Staff costs
Personnel costs are analysed below:

Staff costs (including Directors) consist of:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Total staff costs

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Total staff costs

116

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSDefined contribution scheme
The amount recognised in the income statement as an expense in relation to the Group’s defined contribution schemes is 
£680,000 (2021: £562,000). Included within accruals and other creditors is £81,000 (2021: £23,000) for outstanding 
contributions to the defined contribution schemes.

During the year, the monthly average number of the Group’s employees (including Executive Directors and temporary 
employees) was as follows:

By function:

Management

Sales and distribution

Administration

Total employees

2022
No.

17

287

252

556

2021
No.

17

226

218

461

Key management compensation
Key management of the Group is considered to be the Board of Directors. Details of Directors’ remuneration is disclosed in 
the Report of the Remuneration Committee on page 86. Remuneration paid to these individuals on an aggregated basis is 
as follows:

Salaries including bonuses and social security costs

Short term benefits

Total remuneration

7. Finance expense
An analysis is set out below:

Other interest

Unwind of discount finance costs on lease liabilities

Total finance expense

8. Auditors’ remuneration

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of The Pebble Group plc

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors in respect of:

Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries

Total auditors’ remuneration

2022
£’000

943

27

970

2022
£’000

146

374

520

2022
£’000

105

205

310

2021
£’000

860

26

886

2021
£’000

168

381

549

2021
£’000

75

136

211

117

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Notes to the Group financial statements
(continued)

9. Income tax expense

Current income tax
- UK corporation tax charge for the year

- Adjustments in respect of prior years

- Foreign tax

Total current income tax

Deferred tax
- Deferred tax

- Adjustments in respect of prior years

- Impact of rate change

Total deferred tax

Total income tax expense

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

901

(159)

1,822

2,564

(426)

(48)

-

(474)

217

(40)

1,173

1,350

755

(173)

38

620

2,090

1,970

The expected corporation tax charge for the year is calculated at the UK corporation tax rate of 19% (2021: 19%) on the 
profit before tax for the year. Taxation for other jurisdictions is calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective 
jurisdictions in which the Group operates.

The charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit in the consolidated income statement as follows:

Analysis of charge in year

Reconciliation of total tax charge:

Profit before taxes

Profit before taxes multiplied by the rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19% (2021: 19%)

Effects of:

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Impact of difference in current and deferred tax rates in the UK

Non-deductible expenses/(income)

Differences in tax rates in overseas jurisdictions

Unrecognised for deferred tax

Utilisation of unrecognised deferred tax brought forward

2022
£’000

9,703

1,844

(207)

13

32

286

122

-

2021
£’000

9,317

1,770

(213)

38

(24)

382

32

(15)

Total income tax expense

2,090

1,970

Factors that may affect future tax charges
An increase in the UK corporation tax rate from the current rate of 19% to 25% from 1 April 2023. This change was 
substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. The impact of this rate change has been considered when recognising the deferred 
tax in relation to the UK companies in the Group. Where the asset or liability is expected to unwind after 1 April 2023 the 
deferred tax has been recognised at 25%.

Amounts recognised directly in equity
Aggregate deferred tax arising in the reporting period and not recognised in net profit or loss or other comprehensive 
income but directly credited to equity:

Deferred tax: credit relating to employee share schemes – value of employee services

2022
£’000

15

2021
£’000

67

118

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS10. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to equity shareholders by the weighted 
average number of Ordinary Shares in issue during the year.

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion 
of all potentially dilutive Ordinary Shares. The Company has potentially dilutive Ordinary Shares arising from share options 
granted to employees. Options are dilutive under the Group Sharesave Plan (SAYE), where the exercise price together with 
the future IFRS 2 charge of the option is less than the average market price of the Company’s Ordinary Shares during the 
year. Options under the LTIP schemes, as defined by IFRS 2, are contingently issuable shares and are therefore only 
included within the calculation of diluted EPS if the performance conditions, as set out in note 23, are satisfied at the end 
of the reporting period, irrespective of whether this is the end of the vesting period or not.

Until 3 June 2021, the Company had 12,564,501 non-redeemable deferred shares of £0.01 in issue with no voting, dividend 
or other distribution rights. The stated intention from their creation upon Admission was that they would be purchased in 
their entirety by the Company. As no rights of conversion nor pre-arranged formula to convert deferred shares into 
Ordinary Shares were included in the Articles of Association, they have never been considered ‘convertible securities’. 
Accordingly, deferred shares have not been included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share. The off-market 
buy-back of the deferred shares completed on 3 June 2021 when the deferred shares were immediately cancelled.

The impact of the potentially dilutive share options issued under The Pebble Group Plc Long Term Incentive Plan on 
21 December 2020, 8 June 2021, and 30 March 2022 and Group Sharesave Plan (SAYE) on 6 October 2021 as detailed 
in note 23 is 0.01p for the year ended 31 December 2022 (2021: 0.01p).

The calculation of basic earnings per share is based on the following data:

Statutory EPS

Earnings (£’000)
Earnings for the purposes of basic and diluted earnings per share being profit for the year 
attributable to equity shareholders

Number of shares
Weighted average number of shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share

Weighted average dilutive effects of conditional share awards

Weighted average number of shares for the purposes of diluted earnings per share

Earnings per Ordinary Share (pence)
Basic earnings per Ordinary Share (pence)

Diluted earnings per Ordinary Share (pence)

2022

2021

7,613 

7,347

167,450,893 167,450,893
353,605
167,636,517 167,804,498

185,624

4.55

4.54

4.39

4.38

Adjusted EPS
The calculation of adjusted earnings per share is based on the after-tax adjusted profit after adding back certain costs as 
detailed in the table on the following page. Adjusted earnings per share figures are given to exclude the effects of 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets, share-based payment charge and exceptional items, all net of taxation, and are 
considered to show the underlying performance of the Group.

Earnings (£’000)
Earnings for the purposes of basic and diluted earnings per share being adjusted earnings

Number of shares
Weighted average number of shares for the purposes of adjusted earnings per share

Weighted average dilutive effects of conditional share awards

Weighted average number of shares for the purposes of diluted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per Ordinary Share (pence)

Basic adjusted earnings per Ordinary Share (pence)

Diluted adjusted earnings per Ordinary Share (pence)

2022

2021

9,675

8,599

167,450,893 167,450,893
353,605
167,636,517 167,804,498

185,624

5.78

5.77

5.14

5.12

119

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Notes to the Group financial statements
(continued)

10. Earnings per share (continued)
The calculation of adjusted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders

Add back/(deduct):

Amortisation charge on acquired intangible assets

Share-based payment charge

Tax effect of the above

Adjusted earnings

11. Intangible assets

2022
£’000

7,613

1,420

1,253

(611)

9,675

2021
£’000

7,347

894

715

(357)

8,599

Goodwill
£’000

Customer
 relationships
£’000

Software and
 development
 costs
£’000

Work in
 progress
£’000

Cost

Balance at 1 January 2021

Impact of foreign exchange translation

Additions

Reclassifications

35,802

10,144

17,130

3

-

-

97

-

-

100

3,553

538

Balance at 31 December 2021

35,805

10,241

21,321

Impact of foreign exchange translation

334

1,081

Additions

Disposals

Reclassifications

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,643

2,347

(926)

492

Balance at 31 December 2022

36,139

11,322

24,877

Total
£’000

63,298

200

4,292

-

67,790

3,097

6,462

(926)

-

76,423

9,281

24

2,811

12,116

1,049

4,182

(926)

16,421

222

-

739

(538)

423

39

4,115

-

(492)

4,085

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,157

(13)

503

8,124

37

2,308

1,647

10,469

171

554

-

878

3,628

(926)

2,372

14,049

Accumulated amortisation

Balance at 1 January 2021

Impact of foreign exchange translation

Charge for year

Balance at 31 December 2021

Impact of foreign exchange translation

Charge for year

Disposals

Balance at 31 December 2022

Net book value

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2021

At 31 December 2022

35,802

35,805

36,139

8,987

8,594

8,950

9,006

10,852

10,828

222

423

54,017

55,674

4,085

60,002

Staff costs of £5,797,000 (2021: £3,667,000) have been capitalised as intangible assets.

The remaining amortisation periods for customer relationships are between 14 and 16 years (2021: 15 and 17 years) and for 
software and development costs are between 1 and 5 years.

Goodwill has been tested for impairment. The method, key assumptions and results of the impairment review are detailed 
on the following page.

120

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGoodwill is attributed to the respective cash-generating units (“CGUs”) within the Group (Brand Addition and Facilisgroup). 
Goodwill has been tested for impairment by assessing the value in use of each CGU. The value in use calculations were 
based on projected cash flows in perpetuity. For both CGUs, budgeted cash flows for 2023 to 2027 were used. For Brand 
Addition, these were based on a forecast for 2023 with growth rates of 6% applied to EBITDA each year. For Facilis, these 
were based on forecasts for 2023 to 2026, with 10% growth rates applied to EBITDA in 2027. Subsequent years were based 
on a reduced rate of growth of 2.0% (2021: 2.0%) into perpetuity. Appropriate adjustments were also made for changes in 
working capital and other cash flows to both CGUs.

These growth rates are based on past experience and market conditions and discount rates are consistent with external 
information. The growth rates shown are the average applied to the cash flows of the individual CGUs and do not form a 
basis for estimating the consolidated profits of the Group in the future.

The Directors used an estimated market weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) of 12.4% for Brand Addition and 13.6% 
for Facilisgroup (2021: 8.9% for Brand Addition and 9.3% for Facilisgroup) to discount the cash flows used for the CGUs. 
Sensitivities to revenue and margin, consistent with those used in the going concern analysis, were applied to each CGU. 
Additionally, the impact on headroom arising from a 2% increase in the WACC was also considered. The value in use 
calculations described above, together with sensitivity analysis using reasonably possible changes in the key assumptions as 
set out above, indicate the Group has significant headroom and therefore do not give rise to impairment concerns.

Having completed the impairment reviews at the date of transition and at each subsequent balance sheet date, no 
impairments were identified.

Goodwill is attributable to the following segments:

Brand Addition

Facilisgroup

The value in use, calculated as described on the previous page and attributable to each CGU is:

Brand Addition

Facilisgroup

2022
£’000

33,057

3,082

36,139

2022
£’000

102,824

123,798

2021
£’000

33,057

2,748

35,805

2021
£’000

171,111

215,961

226,622

387,072

Management considers that no reasonably possible changes would reduce either CGU’s headroom to £nil and the reduction 
from prior year is driven by the increase in WACC.

121

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Fixtures and
 fittings
£’000

Computer
 hardware
£’000

Right-of-use
 assets
£’000

Total
£’000

3,713

2,708

12,795

19,216

19

160

-

(2)

520

-

45

461

(517)

62

1,141

(517)

3,892

3,226

12,784

19,902

216

327

(880)

146

618

783

2,471

1,145

3,416

(1,319)

(2,240)

(4,439)

3,555

2,671

13,798

20,024

2,935

1,977

16

182

-

10

336

-

3,133

2,323

154

233

(880)

98

451

5,202

20

1,468

(171)

6,519

339

1,700

10,114

46

1,986

(171)

11,975

591

2,384

(4,418)

(1,300)

(2,238)

2,640

1,572

6,320

10,532

778

759

915

731

903

1,099

7,593

6,265

7,478

2022
£’000

7,362

87

29

7,478

9,102

7,927

9,492

2021
£’000

6,069

140

56

6,265

Notes to the Group financial statements
(continued)

12. Property, plant and equipment

Cost

Balance at 1 January 2021

Impact of foreign exchange translation

Additions

Disposals

Balance at 31 December 2021

Impact of foreign exchange translation

Additions

Disposals

Balance at 31 December 2022

Accumulated depreciation

Balance at 1 January 2021

Impact of foreign exchange translation

Charge for the year

Disposals

Balance at 31 December 2021

Impact of foreign exchange translation

Charge for the year

Disposals

Balance at 31 December 2022

Net book value

Balance at 31 December 2020

Balance at 31 December 2021

Balance at 31 December 2022

Right-of-use assets – net book value

Leasehold property

Fixtures and fittings

Computer hardware

Total Right-of-use assets – net book value

122

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS13. Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are analysed as follows:

Accelerated 
depreciation
£’000

Intangible 
fixed assets
£’000

Share options
£’000

Short-term 
timing 
differences
£’000

Transitional 
relief 
on IFRS 16 
adoption
£’000

Losses and 
unused 
tax relief
£’000

Total
£’000

Balance at 1 January 2021

(963)

(1,659)

Tax charge in respect of prior 
year

Tax credit directly credited to 
equity

Foreign exchange translation

(575)

-

(18)

92

-

(20)

Balance at 31 December 2021

(1,556)

(1,587)

Tax credit/(charge) in respect of 
current year

Tax credit directly credited to 
equity

Foreign exchange translation

(13)

102

-

(127)

-

(195)

Balance at 31 December 2022

(1,696)

(1,680)

3

150

67

-

220

160

15

-

395

8

7

-

-

15

-

-

-

15

-

173

-

-

173

467

(2,144)

(467)

(620)

-

-

-

67

(38)

(2,735)

(34)

259

474

-

-

-

-

15

(322)

139

259

(2,568)

The above are disclosed in the statement of the financial position as a deferred tax asset of £292,000 and a deferred tax 
liabilities of £(2,860,000) resulting in a net deferred tax position of £(2,568,000) as analysed above.

The above amounts reflect the differences between the carrying and tax amounts as at each year end.

Of the deferred tax balances at year end, £34,000 (2021: £41,000) of the deferred tax asset and £508,000 (2021: 
£660,000) of the deferred tax liability are expected to be utilised within one year.

There are unrecognised deferred tax assets relating to capital losses of £9,900,000 (2021: £9,900,000) and in respect of 
trading losses of £657,000 (2021: £535,000). The Directors have assessed at this time that there will not be sufficient 
taxable profits available in future periods, for the companies in the Group in which these losses reside, in order to utilise 
these losses.

14. Inventories

Finished goods for resale

Total closing inventories

Stocks are stated after provisions for impairment of £292,000 (2021: £209,000).

There is no difference between the replacement cost of stocks and carrying value. 

2022
£’000

15,447

15,447

2021
£’000

10,093

10,093

123

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Notes to the Group financial statements
(continued)

15. Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year:

Trade receivables not past due

Trade receivables past due

Provision for trade receivables

Trade receivables net
Other debtors

FX derivative

Prepayments

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

24,440

5,901

(73)

30,268

2,002

-

2,423

34,693

20,241

4,030

(57)

24,214

1,342

266

3,600

29,422

We have identified £780,000 included in contract assets in 2021 that should have been classified as trade receivables not 
past due and so have amended the above note by £780,000 to reclassify those balances between contract assets and 
trade receivables not past due. The overall trade and other receivables balance has not changed.

Other debtors include amounts relating to other taxes and social security and supplier rebates.

Currency analysis

Sterling

Euro

US Dollar

Chinese Renminbi

Other

Total trade and other receivables

2022
£’000

8,054

10,419

12,234

2,800

1,186

34,693

2021
£’000

4,922

10,579

11,007

2,079

835

29,422

Any fair value difference on trade and other receivables is not material. Trade and other receivables are considered past 
due once they have passed their contracted due date. Trade and other receivables are assessed for impairment based 
upon the expected credit losses model.

The Group’s customer base is predominantly made up of high-quality organisations with a high credit rating. In order to 
manage credit risk, the Directors set limits for customers based on a combination of payment history and third-party 
credit references. Credit limits are reviewed on a regular basis in conjunction with debt ageing and collection history. The 
maturity analysis of financial assets (which comprise trade receivables and other debtors) is analysed below.

Trade and other receivables:
– Not yet due

– Up to 3 months overdue 

– 3 to 6 months past due

– Over 6 months past due

Gross
£’000

Provision
£’000

26,442

4,057

1,722

122

32,343

-

-

-

(73)

(73)

2022

Net
£’000

26,442

4,057

1,722

49

Gross
£’000

Provision
£’000

21,583

3,092

700

238

-

-

-

(57)

(57)

2021

Net
£’000

21,583

3,092

700

181

25,556

32,270

25,613

The Group uses objective evidence as well as considering forward-looking information, including macroeconomic factors, 
and the probability of default when calculating expected credit losses. No significant changes to estimation techniques or 
assumptions were made during the reporting period. The maturity of financial assets is therefore used as an indicator as to 
the probability of default. The maximum amount of exposure to credit risk is the total value of unprovided trade and other 
receivables as set out above. There are no amounts outstanding on financial assets that were written off during the 
reporting period and which are still subject to enforcement activity.

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method, less provision for impairment. The Group uses the simplified approach to measure the loss allowance at 
an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses for trade receivables. Trade and other receivables are grouped based 
on the days past due. There is limited concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables due to the diverse and 
unrelated nature of the Group’s customers. Accordingly, the Directors believe that no further credit provision is required in 
excess of the provision for impairment of receivables.

124

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS16. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

Currency analysis

Sterling

Euro

US Dollar

Other

17. Non-current liabilities

IFRS 16 lease liability (note 19)

Currency analysis

Sterling

Euro

US Dollar

Chinese Renminbi

Other

18. Current liabilities

IFRS 16 lease liability (note 19)

Lease liabilities
Corporation tax

Current tax liabilities
Trade payables

Other taxation and social security

Other payables

FX derivative

Accruals

Contract liabilities

Deferred consideration

Trade and other payables

Total current liabilities

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

15,058

12,051

2022
£’000

3,060

5,045

4,976

1,977

2021
£’000

1,293

5,030

4,310

1,418

15,058

12,051

2022
£’000

7,490

2022
£’000

1,855

1,632

3,923

49

31

7,490

2022
£’000

1,569

1,569

1,063

1,063

22,342

475

765

196

6,621

6,014

-

36,413

39,045

2021
£’000

6,388

2021
£’000

2,167

102

3,911

119

89

6,388

2021
£’000

1,384

1,384

20

20

14,955

989

533

-

6,934

5,682

972

30,065

31,469

Revenues totalling £4,460,000 were recognised in the year ended 31 December 2022 that were included in the contract 
liabilities balance as at 31 December 2021 (£2,920,000 recognised in the year ended 31 December 2021 that were included 
in the contract liabilities balance as at 31 December 2020).

Deferred consideration in 2021 relates to the final payment for the software asset and license acquisition from a US-based 
developer in December 2020.

125

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Notes to the Group financial statements
(continued)

18. Current liabilities (continued)
Currency analysis

Sterling

Euro

US Dollar

Chinese Renminbi

Other

Total current liabilities

The fair value of financial liabilities approximates to their carrying value due to short maturities.

19. Leases
Amounts recognised in the Consolidated statement of financial position
The Consolidated statement of financial position shows the following amounts relating to leases:

Right-of-use assets

Balance at 1 January 2021

Impact of foreign exchange translation

New leases recognised in the year

Disposals

Depreciation charge for the year

Balance at 31 December 2021

Impact of foreign exchange translation

New leases recognised in the year

Disposals

Depreciation charge for the year

Balance at 31 December 2022

2022
£’000

16,330

8,903

11,694

1,510

608

39,045

2021
£’000

9,836

11,285

8,600

1,135

613

31,469

£’000

7,593

25

461

(346)

(1,468)

6,265

444

2,471

(2)

(1,700)

7,478

These are included within “Property, plant and equipment” in the Consolidated statement of financial position.

Lease liabilities

Maturity analysis – contractual undiscounted cash flows:

Less than one year

More than one year, less than two years

More than two years, less than three years

More than three years, less than four years

More than four years, less than five years

More than five years

Total undiscounted lease liabilities at year end

Finance costs

Total discounted lease liabilities at year end

Lease liabilities included in the statement of financial position:

Current

Non-current

126

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

1,897

1,726

1,627

1,624

1,091

2,207

10,172

(1,113)

9,059

1,569

7,490

9,059

1,716

1,440

1,273

1,200

1,202

2,338

9,169

(1,397)

7,772

1,384

6,388

7,772

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSAmounts recognised in the Consolidated income statement
The Consolidated income statement shows the following amounts relating to leases:

Depreciation charge – fixtures and fittings

Depreciation charge – computer hardware

Interest expense (within finance expense)

2022
£’000

1,655

45

1,700

374

2021
£’000

1,424

44

1,468

381

The above leases relate to office space, computer equipment and motor vehicles. The net book value by category is set 
out in note 12.

Any expense for short-term and low-value leases is not material and has not been presented.

20. Share capital
The authorised, issued and fully paid number of shares are set out below:

Ordinary Shares of 1p each:

At 1 January 2022 and 31 December 2022

Ordinary
Shares
Number

Total share 
capital
£

Share 
premium
£

167,450,893

1,674,509

78,451,312

The Ordinary Shares have full voting, dividend and capital distribution rights, including on winding up. They are 
non-redeemable.

21. Analysis and reconciliation of net cash/(debt)

Cash at bank and in hand

Lease liabilities

Net (debt)/cash

Cash at bank and in hand

Lease liabilities

Net cash

1 January
2021
£’000

7,066

(8,979)

(1,913)

1 January
2022
£’000

12,051

(7,772)

4,279

New leases
£’000

-

(461)

(461)

Lease
disposals
£’000

-

360

360

Cash flow
£’000

4,792

1,360

6,152

New leases
£’000

Lease disposals
£’000

Cash flow
£’000

Foreign 
exchange 
adjustments
£’000

31 December 
2021
£’000

193

(52)

141

12,051

(7,772)

4,279

Foreign 
exchange 
adjustments
£’000

31 December 
2022
£’000

-

(2,471)

(2,471)

-

2

2

2,351

1,737

4,088

656

(555)

101

15,058

(9,059)

5,999

127

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Credit risk
The Group’s principal financial assets are cash, trade 
receivables and other debtors. The credit risk associated 
with cash is limited, as the counterparties have high credit 
ratings assigned by international credit rating agencies. The 
principal credit risk arises therefore from the Group’s trade 
receivables. In order to manage credit risk; the Directors 
set limits for customers based on a combination of payment 
history and third-party credit references. Credit limits are 
reviewed on a regular basis in conjunction with debt ageing 
and collection history. The credit losses historically incurred 
by the Group have been negligible as referred in note 15.

Liquidity risk
The Group seeks to manage the risk of being unable to 
meet its obligations as they fall due by ensuring sufficient 
liquidity is available and by closely managing the cash 
balance.

The Group policy throughout the year has been to ensure 
continuity of funding. Short-term flexibility is achieved by 
revolving working capital facilities.

The Group has a cross-guarantee banking arrangement, 
which is a revolving credit facility of £10,000,000 The facility 
was refinanced in January 2023 for a three-year period to 
January 2026, with the option to extend for an additional 
year to January 2027. Interest was charged at a rate of 
SONIA + 1.9%. As at year end the balance on the facility was 
£nil. There is also an overdraft facility of 11,000,000 RMB for 
Brand Addition (Shanghai) Trading Co. Limited. At year end, 
the balance on the facility was £nil.

Notes to the Group financial statements
(continued)

22. Financial risk management and financial 
instruments by category
The Group uses various financial instruments. These include 
cash, issued equity instruments and various items, such as 
trade receivables and trade payables that arise directly 
from its operations. The main purpose of these financial 
instruments is to raise finance for the Group’s operations.

The existence of these financial instruments exposes the 
Group to a number of financial risks, which are described in 
more detail below.

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments 
are market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Directors 
review and agree policies for managing each of these risks 
and they are summarised below.

Market risk
Market risk encompasses three types of risk, being currency 
risk, interest rate risk and price risk. In this instance, price 
risk has been ignored as it is not considered a material risk 
to the business. The Group’s policies for managing interest 
rate risk are set out in the subsection entitled “Interest rate 
risk” below.

Currency risk
The Group contracts with certain customers and suppliers 
in Euros and Dollars and manages this foreign currency risk 
using forward foreign exchange contracts. Hedge 
accounting is not applied. The Group’s exposure to foreign 
currency risk at the end of the reporting period is set out in 
notes 15, 16, 17 and 18.

As the Group derives an amount of its earnings from 
overseas operations, the Group is affected by movements 
in exchange rates. This would affect both the statement of 
financial position and the income statement. For a 10% 
strengthening in the Sterling exchange rate, operating profit 
would reduce by £569,000 (2021: £513,000) and net assets 
would decrease by £1,225,000 (2021: £2,452,000). For a 
10% weakening of the Sterling, operating profit would 
increase by £696,000 (2021: £627,000) and net assets would 
increase by £1,496,000 (2021: £2,997,000).

Interest rate risk, including cash flow interest 
rate risk
The Group finances its operations through retained profits. 
The Group is therefore not susceptible to interest rate risk.

128

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS22. Financial risk management and financial instruments by category (continued)
Summary of financial assets and liabilities by category
The carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities recognised may also be categorised as follows:

Financial assets
Financial assets measured at amortised cost

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss

FX derivative asset

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

Non-current:

Lease liability

Current:

Lease liability

Trade and other payables

Accruals

Deferred consideration

Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss

FX derivative liability

Net financial assets and liabilities

2022
£’000

2021
Restated*
£’000

32,270

15,058

47,328

-

47,328

25,556

12,051

37,607

266

37,873

(7,490)

(6,388)

(1,569)

(23,107)

(6,621)

-

(38,787)

(1,384)

(15,488)

(6,934)

(972)

(31,166)

(196)

-

(38,983)

(31,166)

8,345

6,707

The maturity analysis for lease liabilities is presented in note 19. All other financial liabilities have a maturity of less than 
12 months (i.e., are all current).
* 

 We have identified £780,000 included in contract assets in 2021 that should have been classified as trade receivables not past due 
and so have amended the above note by £780,000 to reclassify those balances between contract assets and trade receivables not 
past due.

Capital management policies and procedures
The Group’s capital management objectives are:
• to ensure the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern; and
• to provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk.
This is achieved through close management of working capital and regular reviews of pricing. Decisions on whether to raise 
funding using debt or equity are made by the Board based on the requirements of the business.

Capital for the reporting period relates to cash and cash equivalents as disclosed above.

The Group is subject to interest cover and net leverage financial covenants over its £10,000,000 revolving credit facility. 
The covenants are monitored as part of regular forecasting.

The only derivative financial instruments used by the Group are foreign currency forward contracts that are disclosed in 
the table on the previous page. These derivatives are only used for economic hedging purposes and not as speculative 
investments. They are classified as “held for trading” for accounting purposes and are accounted for at fair value through 
profit or loss. They are presented as current assets or liabilities to the extent they are expected to be settled within 
12 months after the end of the reporting period.

The gross value of foreign currency forward contracts held at the end of the reporting period was $7,700,000 and 
€13,785,000. The contracts mature within one to eleven months of the year end.

129

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Notes to the Group financial statements
(continued)

23. Share-based payments
In the year ended 31 December 2022 the Group operated equity-settled share-based payment plans as described below.

The Group recognised total expenses of £1,253,000 (2021: £715,000) in respect of equity-settled share-based payment 
transactions in the year ended 31 December 2022.

The Pebble Group Plc Long Term Incentive Plan (the ‘LTIP’)
Certain employees of the Company, along with other Group employees, have been granted share options on 21 December 
2020, 8 June 2021, and 30 March 2022 under the LTIP.

Under the LTIP, the Group has made awards over 3,928,556 (2021: 2,208,570) conditional shares to certain Directors and 
employees.

The vesting of most of these awards is subject to the Group achieving certain performance targets under the LTIP, measured 
over a three-year period, as set out in the Remuneration Report. The options are split into two parts with the amount of 
Part 1 options that will vest depending on achievement of the Group’s Basic Adjusted EPS (“AEPS”) whilst Part 2 depends on 
absolute total shareholder return (“TSR”) that will vest depending on performance of the Company's Absolute TSR:

Part 1 options – Basic AEPS

Part 2 options – TSR

Proportion 
of award

70%

30%

Details of the maximum total number of Ordinary Shares which may be issued in future periods in respect of LTIP awards 
outstanding at 31 December 2022 are shown below:

At 1 January 2021

Granted in the year

Lapsed in the year

At 31 December 2021

Granted in the year

Lapsed in the year

At 31 December 2022

Number of 
shares

1,248,060

960,510

(134,324)

2,074,246

1,719,986

(436,702)

3,357,530

The weighted average fair value of options granted under this plan during the year was £0.98 (2021: £0.90). The weighted 
average remaining contractual life of the share options outstanding under this plan at 31 December 2022 was 1.3 years 
(2021: 1.7 years).

The fair value at grant date is independently determined using an adjusted form of the Black-Scholes model which includes 
a Monte Carlo simulation model that takes into account the exercise price, the term of the option, the share price at grant 
date and expected price volatility of the underlying share based on the AIM Price Index over the past 3 years, and the 
risk-free interest rate for the term of the option as shown on the below.

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Expected volatility

Expected life

Expected dividend yield

Risk-free interest rate

Fair value per option

2020 award
TSR condition

2020 award
AEPS condition

2021 award
TSR condition

2021 award
AEPS condition

2022 award
TSR condition

2022 award
AEPS condition

105.0p

£nil

17.2%

3 years

0%

0.53%

22.3p

105.0p

£nil

-

3 years

-

-

110.5p

130.0p

£nil

17.5%

3 years

0%

0.53%

28.2p

130.0p

£nil

-

3 years

-

-

153.0p

132.5p

£nil

17.9%

3 years

0%

0.53%

29.6p

132.5p

£nil

-

3 years

-

-

101.5p

130

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS23. Share-based payments (continued)

Performance conditions

70% Cumulative adjusted EPS
Basic adjusted EPS as defined in the LTIP rules, 
excludes share-based payment charge, 
exceptional items and amortisation from 
acquired intangibles

2020 award
3 years ended 
30 June 
2023

2021 award
3 years ended 
31 December 
2023

2022 award
3 years ended 
31 December 
2024

Threshold (25% maximum vesting)
Mid-range (60% maximum vesting)
Maximum (100% maximum vesting)

13.4p
14.3p
15.1p

15.4p
16.3p
17.3p

17.6p
18.8p
19.9p

30% Annualised TSR
Annualised growth in total 
shareholder returns

Threshold (25% maximum vesting)
Mid-range (60% maximum vesting)
Maximum (100% maximum vesting)

8.0% pa
11.3% pa
15.0% pa

8.0% pa
11.3% pa
15.0% pa

8.0% pa
11.3% pa
15.0% pa

The Pebble Group Plc Group Sharesave Plan (the ‘SAYE’)
Certain eligible employees of the Company, along with other Group employees, have been granted share options on 
6 October 2021 under its Sharesave Plan and its sub-plan, the International Sharesave Plan.

The SAYE provides for an exercise price equal to the quoted mid-market price of the Company shares on the business day 
immediately preceding the date of grant, less a discount of twenty per cent, of £1.22. The vesting period under the scheme 
is three years with no performance conditions, other than remaining a Group employee, are attached to the options.

Under the SAYE, the Group made awards of 937,223 conditional shares to certain Directors and employees in 2021.

Details of the maximum total number of Ordinary Shares which may be issued in future periods in respect of SAYE awards 
outstanding at 31 December 2022 are shown below:

At 1 January 2021

Granted in the year

Lapsed in the year

At 31 December 2021

Lapsed in the year

At 31 December 2022

Number of 
shares

-

937,223

(13,513)

923,710

(181,645)

742,065

The fair value at grant date is independently determined using an adjusted form of the Black-Scholes model that takes into 
account the exercise price, the term of the option, the share price at grant date and expected price volatility of the 
underlying share based on the AIM Price Index over the past 3 years, and the risk-free interest rate for the term of the 
option as shown on the below.

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Expected volatility

Expected life

Expected dividend yield

Risk-free interest rate

Fair value per option

2021 award

152.5p

122.0p

17.6%

3 years

0%

0.53%

21.0p

24. Related party transactions
The Directors consider there to be no ultimate controlling party. During the current and prior year, related parties include 
representatives of major shareholders and parent and intermediate parent entities ultimately owned by the same 
shareholders.

Details of key management compensation are given in note 6. There are no other related party transactions to be disclosed 
for the current and prior year.

131

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Company balance sheet
As at 31 December 2022

Fixed assets
Investments

Current assets

Trade and other receivables (including £81,066,000 (2021: £80,684,000) falling due 
after more than one year)

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves
Called up share capital

Share premium account

Capital reserve

Merger relief reserve

Share-based payment reserve

Retained earnings

Total shareholders’ funds

Note

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

5

6

8

9

10

113,276

112,291

81,122

81,122

81,012

81,012

(288)

(324)

80,834

194,110

194,110

1,675

78,451

125

713

1,842

111,304

80,688

192,979

192,979

1,675

78,451

125

713

681

111,334

194,110

192,979

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to produce 
its own profit and loss account. The loss for the year dealt within the financial statements of the Company was 
£30,000 (2021: profit of £6,200,000).

The Company financial statements on pages 132 to 138 were approved by the Board of Directors on 21 March 2023 and 
were signed on its behalf by:

C Thomson 
Director 
21 March 2023

The notes on pages 134 to 138 form part of these Company financial statements.

132

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Company statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2022

At 1 January 2021

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for 
the year

Share
capital
£’000

1,800

–

–

Purchase of deferred shares

(125)

Employee share schemes – value 
of employee services (note 10)

Deferred tax on employee share 
schemes

Total transactions with owners, 
recognised in equity

–

–

(125)

Share
premium
account
£’000

78,451

–

–

–

–

–

–

Balance at 31 December 2021

1,675

78,451

Loss for the year

Total comprehensive expense for 
the year

Employee share schemes – value 
of employee services (note 10)

Deferred tax on employee share 
schemes

Total transactions with owners, 
recognised in equity

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Capital 
reserve
£’000

–

–

–

125

–

–

125

125

–

–

–

–

–

Merger 
relief
reserve
£’000

713

Share-based 
payment 
reserve
£’000

Retained
earnings
£’000

Total
equity
£’000

13

105,134

186,111

–

–

–

–

–

–

713

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

601

67

668

681

–

–

1,196

(35)

1,161

6,200

6,200

6,200

6,200

–

–

–

–

–

601

67

668

111,334

192,979

(30)

(30)

–

–

–

(30)

(30)

1,196

(35)

1,161

Balance at 31 December 2022

1,675

78,451

125

713

1,842

111,304

194,110

The notes on pages 134 to 138 form part of these Company financial statements.

133

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Notes to the Company financial statements

1. General information
The Pebble Group plc (the “Company”) was incorporated in 
the United Kingdom on 27 September 2019 and is a public 
company limited by shares, registered and domiciled in 
England and Wales. The registered office of the Company is 
Broadway House, Trafford Wharf Road, Trafford Park, 
Manchester, England M17 1DD. The company registration 
number is 12231361. The Company’s principal activity is that 
of a holding company.

2. Accounting policies 
(a) Reporting framework
The separate financial statements of the Company have 
been prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting 
Standard 102, the Financial Reporting Standard applicable in 
the UK and Republic of Ireland (“FRS 102”), on the going 
concern basis under the historical cost convention, and in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

The financial information is presented in Sterling and has 
been rounded to the nearest thousand (£’000).

The principal accounting policies, which have been applied 
consistently to all the years presented, are set out below.

(b)  Financial Reporting Standard 102 – reduced 

disclosure exemptions

The following exemptions from the requirements in FRS 102 
have been applied in the preparation of these financial 
statements:
• the requirements of section 7 Statement of Cash Flows;
• the requirements of section 3 Financial Statement 

Presentation, paragraph 3.17(d);

• the requirements of section 11 Financial Instruments, 

paragraphs 11.41(b), 11.41(c), 11.41(e). 11.41(f), 11.42, 11.44 to 
11.45, 11.48(a)(iii), 11.48(a)(iv),11.48(b) and 11.48(c);
• the requirements of section 12 Other Financial 

Instruments, paragraphs 12.26 to 12.27, 12.29(a), 12.29(b) 
and 12.w9A; and

• the requirements of section 33 Related Party Disclosures, 

paragraph 33.7.

This information is included in the Group financial 
statements found earlier in this report.

(c) Company profit and loss account
The Company has not presented its own profit and loss 
account as permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 
2006. The Company’s loss for the year was £30,000 (2021: 
profit of £6,200,000). There are no material differences 
between the loss in the current year and its historical cost 
equivalent. Accordingly, no note of historical cost profits 
and losses has been presented.

(d) Going concern
The Company meets its day-to-day working capital 
requirements through cash generated from the Group in 
which it holds its investment and utilising its overdraft 
facility to fund peak seasonal demands. The Directors have 
prepared cash flow forecasts and projections for the two 
years ending 31 December 2024 for the Group; see the 
going concern disclosure within the Group financial 
statements. Based on this, the Directors are satisfied that 
the Company has adequate resources to continue in 

134

operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this 
reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the Company financial statements.

(e) Dividend distribution
The distribution of a dividend to the Company’s 
shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Company’s 
financial statements in the year in which it is approved by 
the Company’s shareholders.

Dividends are recognised when approved by the Group’s 
shareholders or, in the case of interim dividends, when the 
dividend has been paid. No interim dividend has been paid 
in the year (2021: £nil). The Directors recommend the 
payment of a final dividend for 2022 of £1.0m (2021: £nil).

(f) Investment in subsidiary undertakings
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less 
accumulated impairment.

(g) Taxation
Current tax is provided at amounts expected to be paid 
(or recovered) using the tax rates and laws that have been 
enacted or substantively enacted by the balance 
sheet date. 

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all timing 
differences that have originated but not reversed at the 
balance sheet date where events or transactions that result 
in an obligation to pay more tax in the future, or a right to 
pay less tax in future, have occurred at the balance sheet 
date. Timing differences are differences between the 
Company’s taxable profits and its results as stated in the 
financial statements that arise from the inclusion of gains 
and losses in tax assessments in periods different from 
those in which they are recognised in the 
financial statements.

A net deferred tax asset is regarded as recoverable and 
therefore recognised only to the extent that, on the basis of 
all available evidence, it can be regarded as more likely than 
not that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the 
future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be 
deducted. Deferred tax is measured at the average tax 
rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which the 
timing differences are expected to reverse based on tax 
rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is 
measured on a non-discounted basis.

(h) Share-based payments
Equity-settled awards are valued at the grant date, and the 
fair value is charged as an expense in the income statement 
spread over the vesting period. Fair value of the awards are 
measured using an adjusted form of the Black-Scholes 
model which includes a Monte Carlo simulation model. The 
fair value of the options, appraised at the grant date, 
includes the impact of market-based vesting conditions 
if applicable. 

Share-based remuneration is recognised as an expense in 
profit or loss with the credit side of the entry being 
recorded in equity. 

Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions 
about the number of options that are expected to become 
exercisable. Estimates are subsequently revised if there is 
any indication that the number of share options expected 

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. Accounting policies (continued)
to vest differs from previous estimates. Any adjustment to 
cumulative share-based compensation resulting from a 
revision is recognised in the current period. The number of 
vested options ultimately exercised by holders does not 
impact the expense recorded in any period.

(i) Share capital
Ordinary Shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs 
directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in 
equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds of 
issue.

(j) Share premium
Share premium represents the difference between the 
nominal value of shares issued and the fair value of 
consideration received. Any transaction costs associated 
with the issuing of shares are deducted from share 
premium, net of any related income tax benefits.

(k) Capital reserve
The capital reserve was created in 2021 as a result of the 
purchase by the Company of all deferred shares in issue.

(l) Merger relief reserve
The merger relief reserve was created during 2019 as a 
result of the share-for-share exchange under which The 
Pebble Group plc became the parent undertaking prior to 
the Initial Public Offering (“IPO”). The merger relief reserve 
includes the premium received on the issue of share capital 
in the share-for-share exchange.

(m) Retained earnings
Retained earnings includes all current and prior period 
retained profits and losses. 

All transactions with owners of the parent are recorded 
separately within equity.

(n) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances. 

(o) Financial instruments
The Company has chosen to adopt Sections 11 and 12 of 
FRS 102 in respect of financial instruments.

Financial assets
Basic financial assets, including trade and other receivables, 
cash and bank balances and investments, are initially 
recognised at transaction price, unless the arrangement 
constitutes a financing transaction, where the transaction is 
measured at the present value of the future receipts 
discounted at a market rate of interest. Such assets are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

At the end of each reporting period, financial assets 
measured at amortised cost are assessed for objective 
evidence of impairment. If an asset is impaired the 
impairment loss is the difference between the carrying 
amount and the present value of the estimated cash flows 
discounted at the asset's original effective interest rate. The 
impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss.

If there is a decrease in the impairment loss arising from an 
event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the 

impairment is reversed. The reversal is such that the 
current carrying amount does not exceed what the carrying 
amount would have been had the impairment not previously 
been recognised. The impairment reversal is recognised in 
profit or loss.

Financial assets are derecognised when (a) the contractual 
rights to the cash flows from the asset expire or are settled, 
or (b) substantially all the risks and rewards of the ownership 
of the asset are transferred to another party or (c) despite 
having retained some significant risks and rewards of 
ownership, control of the asset has been transferred to 
another party who has the practical ability to unilaterally sell 
the asset to an unrelated third party without imposing 
additional restrictions. 

Financial liabilities
Basic financial liabilities, including trade and other payables, 
are initially recognised at transaction price.

Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services 
that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business 
from suppliers. Accounts payable are classified as current 
liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, 
they are presented as non-current liabilities. Trade payables 
are recognised initially at transaction price and 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method.

3. Critical accounting estimates and 
judgements
In the preparation of the Company financial statements, the 
Directors, in applying the accounting policies of the 
Company, make some judgements and estimates that affect 
the reported amounts in the financial statements. The 
following are the areas requiring the use of judgement and 
estimates that may significantly impact the financial 
statements.

Non-current asset impairment
The Directors are required to assess whether there are any 
indicators of impairment at each reporting date. All relevant 
potential indicators are considered, including the 
performance of the underlying trading Group and the 
results of the Group’s impairment reviews performed as at 
the same date. The Directors exercise their judgement in 
determining whether any such indicators exist. Where an 
indicator of impairment is identified in relation to the 
Company’s investments or intercompany receivable 
balances, a full impairment review is performed.

The Directors performed their assessment and concluded 
that no impairment indicators existed at 31 December 2022 
and, as such, a full impairment review over the Company’s 
investments in subsidiaries and intercompany receivables 
was not performed.

135

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Notes to the Company financial statements
(continued)

4.  Remuneration of directors and auditors
Details of Directors’ remuneration are shown in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 86 of the Group financial 
statements. Details of auditors’ remuneration are shown in note 8 of the Group financial statements. The Company has no 
employees (2021: none).

Emoluments of the Directors were borne by another group company in the previous year. The amount recharged to The 
Pebble Group plc during the financial year was £506,000 (2021: £nil). These are disclosed in full in the Group financial 
statements.

Highest paid director
The highest paid director’s emoluments recharged to The Pebble Group plc during the financial year were as follows:

Salaries including bonuses and social security costs

Short term benefits

5. Investments 

Cost and carrying amount

At 1 January 2021

Movement relating to share options

Redemption of preference shares

At 31 December 2021

Movement relating to share options

At 31 December 2022

2022
£’000

291

15

306

2021
£’000

–

–

–

£’000

126,106

496

(14,311)

112,291

985

113,276

The Directors believe that the carrying value of the investments is supported by their underlying net assets.

The Company directly owns the whole of the issued Ordinary Shares of the following subsidiary undertakings:

Name

Registered address

Principal activity

Class of share

Percentage holding

The Pebble Group (Holdings) Limited Broadway
Project Amber Bidco Limited

Trafford Wharf Road
Manchester
M17 1DD

H.I.G Milan UK Bidco Limited

Brand Addition Limited

Product Plus International Limited

Gearworks Limited

Brand Addition Asia Limited

Brand Addition Ireland Limited

Brand Addition Reklam Urunleri 
Dagitim ve Ticaret Limited Sirketi

Brand Addition (Shanghai) Trading 
Co., Limited

136

Unit 1605
16th Floor
Tower 3 Enterprise 
Square
No. 9 Sheung Yuet Road
Kowloon, Hong Kong

Unit G2 
Calmount Business Park
Ballymount, Dublin 12

Buyukdere Caddesi
Meydan Sokak Spring
Giz Plaza Kat:13
Sisli-Istanbul, Turkey

Unit 903-905
T2 Building, VIPARK
500 Xinlong Road 
Minhang District
Shanghai, China

Holding company

Holding company

Holding company

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Promotional merchandise  Ordinary

Non-trading 

Non-trading

Ordinary

Ordinary

Promotional merchandise

Ordinary

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Promotional merchandise

Ordinary

100%

Promotional merchandise

Ordinary

100%

Promotional merchandise

Ordinary

100%

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS5. Investments (continued) 

Name

Registered address

Principal activity

Class of share

Percentage holding

H.I.G. Milan Germany Bidco GmbH

Brand Addition GmbH

Heydastrasse 13-15
58093 Hagen, Germany

Europastrasse 19a 
45888 Gelsenkirchen, 
Germany

Holding company

Ordinary

100%

Promotional merchandise

Ordinary

100%

The Pebble Group US Bidco Inc.

Gateway CDI Inc.

Facilisgroup LLC

909 North 20th Street
Saint Louis, MO 63103

Holding company

Ordinary

Promotional merchandise

Ordinary

1600 S Brentwood Blvd., 
Ste 800, Brentwood,  
MO 63144

Promotional merchandise 
service provider

Ordinary

100%

100%

100%

Facilisgroup Canada Inc.

5320 Canotek Road 
Gloucester, ON K1J 9C1

Promotional merchandise 
service provider

Ordinary

100%

Other than The Pebble Group (Holdings) Limited and Project Amber Bidco Limited, which are directly held by the parent, 
all subsidiaries are indirectly held.

All subsidiaries listed above are included in the consolidated financial statements.

6. Trade and other receivables 

Amounts falling due within one year:

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Prepayments

Amounts falling due after more than one year:

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Deferred tax asset

2022
£’000

–

56

56

2021
£’000

270

58

328

80,911

80,588

155

81,066

81,122

96

80,684

81,012

Amounts owed by group undertakings due within one year are unsecured, have no fixed date of repayment and are 
repayable on demand.

Amounts owed by group undertakings due after more than one year are unsecured, repayable in greater than one year and 
bear interest at market rates.

7. Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax assets are analysed as follows:

Other short-term timing differences

2022
£’000

155

2021
£’000

96

The above amounts reflect the differences between the carrying and tax amounts as at each year end.

Of the deferred tax balances at year end, £nil (2021: £nil) of the deferred tax asset is expected to be utilised within 
one year.

137

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022Notes to the Company financial statements
(continued)

7. Deferred tax assets (continued)
Changes during each year are as follows:

Cost and carrying amount

At 1 January 2021

Tax credit in respect of prior year

At 31 December 2021

Tax credit in respect of current year

At 31 December 2022

8. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Accruals 

£’000

3

93

96

59

155

2022
£’000

288

2021
£’000

324

The Company is party to a Group cross-guarantee banking arrangement, which is a revolving credit facility of £10,000,000. 
The facility was refinanced in January 2023 for a three-year period to January 2026, with the option to extend for an 
additional year to January 2027. Interest was charged at a rate of SONIA + 1.9%. As at year end the balance on the facility 
was £nil. There is also an overdraft facility of 11,000,000 RMB for Brand Addition (Shanghai) Trading Co. Limited, which is 
guaranteed by the Company. At year end, the balance on the facility was £nil.

9. Called up share capital 
Details of movements in shares are set out in note 20 to the Group financial statements.

10. Share-based payments 
Details of share-based payments are set out in note 23 to the Group financial statements.

11. Related party transactions
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption included in Section 33 of FRS 102 “Related Party Disclosures” to not 
disclose details of transactions with Group undertakings, on the grounds that it is the parent company of a Group whose 
financial statements are publicly available.

Directors’ transactions
Details of the Directors’ interests in the Ordinary Share capital of the Company are provided in the Directors’ Report. 

138

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFinancial calendar 

Financial year end

Preliminary announcement of full-year results

Publication of Annual Report and financial statements 

Annual General Meeting 

Preliminary announcement of half-year results 

Financial year end 

Company information 

Nominated adviser
Grant Thornton UK LLP

30 Finsbury Square

London EC2A 1AG 

Broker 
Joh. Berenberg, Gossler & Co. KG, London Branch 

60 Threadneedle Street 

London EC2R 8HP 

Auditors 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

1 Hardman Square 

Manchester M2 3DE 

Legal adviser 
Addleshaw Goddard LLP 

One St Peter’s Square 

Manchester M2 3DE 

Registrar 
Equiniti 

Aspect House

Spencer Road

Lancing

West Sussex BN99 6DA

Financial PR 
Belvedere PR 

25 Finsbury Circus 

London EC2M 7EE 

Registered office 
The Pebble Group plc

Broadway House 

Trafford Wharf Road 

Trafford Park 

Manchester M17 1DD 

Company number: 12231361

31 December 2022

21 March 2023

21 April 2023

23 May 2023

September 2023

31 December 2023

139

The Pebble Group plc Annual Report 2022The material used in this report has 
been harvested in a responsible 
manner from an FSC accredited mill.

Stay up to date at 
thepebblegroup.com

Building brands.
Growing relationships.
Strengthening businesses.

•  Strong performance with 
Group revenue at £134.0m 
(FY 21: £115.1m) 16% ahead 
of the prior year

•  Strong balance sheet with 
net cash ahead of market 
expectations at 31 December 
2022 of £15.1m (FY 21: 
£12.1m)

•  Proposed maiden final 

dividend for FY 22 of 0.6 
pence per Ordinary Share

Financial Highlights

REVENUE

OPERATING PROFIT

£134m 

  +16.4%

22

21

20

£134m 

£115m 

£82m 

BASIC ADJUSTED EARNINGS 
PER SHARE (EPS)* 

5.78p 

  +12.5%

22

21

20

2.96p

5.78p

5.14p

£10.2m

  +3.0%

22

21

20

£5.7m 

£10.2m 

£9.9m 

GROSS PROFIT

£52.7m 

  +25.5%

22

21

20

£52.7m 

£42.0m 

£31.0m 

NET CASH*

ADJUSTED EBITDA*

£15.1m 

  +24.8%

22

21

20

£7.1m 

£15.1m 

£12.1m 

£18.0m 

  +16.9%

22

21

20

£9.8m 

£18.0m 

£15.4m 

* Basic Adjusted Earnings Per Share (EPS), Net Cash and Adjusted EBITDA are each defined in the Chief Financial Officer’s review on page 50.

Building brands.
Growing relationships.
Strengthening businesses.

Broadway House 
Trafford Wharf Road 
Trafford Park 
Manchester M17 1DD

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
2

Annual Report 2022

l

T
h
e
P
e
b
b
e
G
r
o
u
p
p
c

l